S-1 1 f21300sv1.htm FORM S-1 sv1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2006
Registration No. 333-               
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
SHUTTERFLY, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   7384   94-3330068
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
code number)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
2800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101
Redwood City, CA 94065
(650) 610-5200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Jeffrey T. Housenbold
Chief Executive Officer and President
Shutterfly, Inc.
2800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101
Redwood City, CA 94065
(650) 610-5200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
     
Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.
Daniel A. Dorosin, Esq.
Robert A. Freedman, Esq.
Fenwick & West LLP
801 California Street
Mountain View, CA 94041
(650) 938-8500
  Kevin P. Kennedy, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 251-5000
 
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                             
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                             
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                             
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
             
             
             
      Proposed Maximum Aggregate     Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)     Registration Fee
             
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
    $92,000,000     $9,844
             
             
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(2)  Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated June 29, 2006.
                                Shares
(SHUTTERFLY LOGO)
Common Stock
 
       This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Shutterfly, Inc. All of the                      shares of common stock are being offered by Shutterfly, Inc.
       Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $          and $          . Application has been made for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “SFLY.”
       See “Risk Factors” on page 8 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.
 
       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
         
Initial public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Shutterfly
  $       $    
       To the extent that the underwriters sell more than            shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                      shares from Shutterfly at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
       The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2006.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. JPMorgan
Piper Jaffray Jefferies & Company
 
Prospectus dated                     , 2006.


Table of Contents

(Our Vision)

 


Table of Contents

(Shutterfly Empowers Customers)

 


Table of Contents

(To Be Creative)

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
       This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before buying our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Shutterfly”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Shutterfly, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiary.
Shutterfly, Inc.
       We are a leading Internet-based social expression and personal publishing service that enables consumers to share, print and preserve their memories by leveraging our technology-based platform and manufacturing processes. Our vision is to make the world a better place by helping people share life’s joy. Our mission is to build an unrivaled service that enables deeper, more personal relationships between our customers and those who matter most in their lives. Today, with the evolution of digital cameras and technology, millions of people around the world are capturing their memories and communicating in more meaningful ways. We provide a full range of products and services that make it easy, convenient and fun for consumers to upload, edit, enhance, organize, find, share, create, print and preserve their digital photos in a creative and thoughtful manner.
       Consumers use our products and services to stay connected to their friends and family. Our customers purchase prints and other physical products both for their own personal use and for giving thoughtful and personalized gifts such as photo-based products, including photo books, calendars and greeting cards, as well as photo-based merchandise, including mugs, mouse pads, bags, puzzles, playing cards and apparel.
       We have experienced significant growth since launching our service in December 1999. Since inception, we have fulfilled more than 11 million orders, sold approximately 350 million prints and stored more than 900 million of our consumers’ photos in our image archives.
Industry Overview and Addressable Market
       Internet and digital photo-based technology today enables consumers to create an archive of memories that extends beyond photos to include highly personalized, more engaging solutions that can be protected and preserved for future generations. We believe that the key forces driving the expansion of the market for these solutions are:
  •  the proliferation of digital cameras;
 
  •  the increasing penetration of high-speed connectivity;
 
  •  the increasing convenience and quality of online photo services;
 
  •  the growing consumer desire to find an easy, hassle-free way to generate personalized content; and
 
  •  the increasing participation by consumers in online communities.
       The addressable market for our products and services includes every person who enjoys the memories created by digital photographic devices such as cameras, camera cell phones or

1


Table of Contents

camcorders. We currently address several adjacent markets related to consumers’ desire to be thoughtful and creative with their memories, including:
  •  Photo prints. Photo prints currently represent our largest market opportunity, with industry sources estimating the U.S. market for digital photo prints to be approximately $10 billion in 2005 and growing to approximately $30 billion in 2009. In addition, industry sources predict that in the United States, photos ordered over the Internet for mail delivery will grow from approximately $424 million in 2005 to approximately $1.9 billion in 2009.
 
  •  Greeting cards. According to the Greeting Card Association’s website, U.S. consumers purchase approximately 7 billion greeting cards each year, generating nearly $7.5 billion in retail sales.
 
  •  Scrapbooks. According to a 2004 survey by Creating Keepsakes and Craftrends magazines, the U.S. scrapbook industry was approximately $2.55 billion in 2004, up 27.8% from 2001.
 
  •  Calendars. In a 2002 guide published by the Calendar Marketing Association, it estimated that 500 million calendars are produced annually in the United States.
 
  •  Photo-based merchandise. Photo-based merchandise is a substantial market opportunity that includes any product that can be customized with the imprint of a digital image.
Value for Our Customers
       We seek to create value for our customers by providing the following:
       Broad offering. We offer a wide variety of premium products to customers, including prints, photo-based products and merchandise and a broad assortment of high-quality ancillary products such as frames, photo albums and scrapbooking accessories. In addition, we provide a number of valuable tools and services, such as the ability to upload and edit photos online, share photos with friends and family and permanently store an unlimited number of photos on our system at no cost.
       Trusted premium brand. Our focus on ease of use, image quality, secure photo storage, high-quality products and first-rate packaging has established Shutterfly as a trusted premium brand. This trust is maintained by fast, consistent fulfillment times, responsive customer service and continuous innovation.
       Customer-focused approach. The entire Shutterfly customer experience — including free membership, the ability to upload, edit, store and share an unlimited number of photos and the fact that membership is not required to view friends’ and family’s shared pictures — reflects our customer-focused approach.
The Shutterfly Solution
       We have developed compelling services and production capabilities that allow us to offer consumers a better way to enjoy, share and preserve their memories. We believe that our business model is supported by the following characteristics:
       Viral network effect. Our customers create a viral network of new users and customers in a number of ways. They generate most of the content on our service by uploading their photos. They share their photos electronically with their friends and families, extending and endorsing our brand and creating a sense of community. By giving Shutterfly branded products to colleagues, friends and loved ones throughout the year, our customers reinforce our corporate brand with our target market.

2


Table of Contents

       Attractive target demographics reflected in our loyal customer base. Our high-quality products and services, together with our focus on continuous innovation, have allowed us to establish high customer trust and loyalty. In addition, we believe that our business benefits from a customer base with attractive demographics. Based on our periodic customer surveys, we believe that our current customer base fits the following profile: approximately 84% female, approximately 63% in the 25-44 age range and approximately 53% with children. These surveys also indicate that the average household income of our customers is greater than $70,000.
       Premium pricing power. We believe that we are able to maintain premium pricing for many of our products as a result of our brand equity, the high-quality of our products and services and the loyal customer base we have created.
       Deep customer understanding. Customer insights are an important source of new product and service innovation for us, and we continually strive to understand our customers’ needs in order to improve customer satisfaction. We invest significant time and resources to understand and address the needs of our customers through market research, focus groups, customer surveys, usability testing, customer response to promotions and customer service interactions.
       Vertical integration and superior technology. We manufacture all of our prints and photo-based products in our Hayward, California manufacturing facility. We believe that our vertically integrated and highly technical manufacturing approach provides us with cost and innovation advantages and is essential to our quality control, agility in rolling out new products and ability to secure capacity at critical peak demand periods. We derived approximately 91% of our net revenues in 2005 from products we manufactured in our manufacturing facility.
Our Growth Strategy
       Our goal is to grow our business, build a premium lifestyle brand and become the leading online provider of products and services dedicated to improving the sharing and preservation of personal memories. In addition to the strong consumer trends supporting our business, we believe our growth will be supported by the following initiatives:
       Expand customer base. We intend to expand our customer base and continue to promote the Shutterfly brand. We will leverage existing channels, which include word-of-mouth referrals from existing customers, print advertising, catalogs, online advertising, search engine marketing and complementary strategic alliances with other e-commerce companies.
       Expand products and services offerings. We will continue to innovate in order to increase the breadth and depth of our products and services.
       Increase sales to existing customers. We intend to increase both average order size and repeat orders per customer by expanding our products and services, tailoring our offerings to encourage additional purchases for different use occasions and increasing our cross-selling and up-selling activities.
       Leverage vertical integration. We will continue to invest in making our business even more vertically integrated by adding additional in-house production capabilities.
       Incubate new lines of business. We intend to continue to leverage our existing systems and capabilities to develop additional adjacent lines of business.
       International expansion. We intend to develop additional business opportunities through international expansion, targeting consumers in key geographies where digital camera penetration is high and where Internet usage and e-commerce are widespread.

3


Table of Contents

Corporate Information
       We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 1999 under the name of Shortco, Inc. In June 1999, we changed our corporate name to Digital Finish, Inc., in September 1999, we changed our corporate name to Shutterfly.com, Inc., and in September 2000, we changed our corporate name to Shutterfly, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101, Redwood City, California 94065 and our telephone number is (650) 610-5200. Our website address is www.shutterfly.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of the prospectus.
       Shutterfly, the Shutterfly logo and VividPics are our registered trademarks and Shutterfly Collections and Shutterfly Studio are some of our trademarks. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering
Common stock offered by us                      shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                      shares
 
Use of proceeds We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, potential capital expenditures for manufacturing and website infrastructure equipment and new and existing manufacturing facilities, and potential acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol SFLY
       The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 17,820,533 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2006, and excludes:
  •  3,198,994 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.41 per share;
 
  •  1,755,738 additional shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2006; shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Plan that are not issued as of the date of this prospectus will become available for grant and issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan;
 
  •  in addition to the shares that will roll over from the 1999 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 1,358,352 additional shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded and which contains a provision that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Management — Employee Benefit Plans”;
 
  •  40,816 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of March 31, 2006 with an exercise price of $24.50 per share that expires upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  an aggregate of 116,364 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.56 per share, which warrants do not expire upon the completion of this offering.
       Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
  •  the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 13,801,716 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;
 
  •  the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware immediately following the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  no exercise by the underwriters of their 30-day option to acquire additional shares of our common stock.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data
       The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data for our business. You should read this summary financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
       We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
       Pro forma basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders further includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants.
                                             
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Net revenues
  $ 31,395     $ 54,499     $ 83,902     $ 13,156     $ 16,883  
Cost of revenues(1)
    14,310       24,878       36,941       6,446       8,749  
                               
   
Gross profit
    17,085       29,621       46,961       6,710       8,134  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Technology and development(1)
    4,970       7,433       13,152       2,311       3,983  
 
Sales and marketing(1)
    3,991       7,705       15,252       2,275       3,693  
 
General and administrative(1)
    5,629       10,126       13,657       2,818       3,397  
                               
   
Total operating expenses
    14,590       25,264       42,061       7,404       11,073  
Income (loss) from operations
    2,495       4,357       4,900       (694 )     (2,939 )
Interest expense
    (392 )     (471 )     (367 )     (54 )     (78 )
Other income (expense), net
    9       81       (103 )     65       475  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    2,112       3,967       4,430       (683 )     (2,542 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    (68 )     (258 )     24,060             874  
                               
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    2,044       3,709       28,490       (683 )     (1,668 )
                               
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                442              
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                               
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $     $     $ 4,720     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                               
Net income (loss) per common share
                                       
 
Basic
  $     $     $ 1.45     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
 
Diluted
                1.34       (0.23 )     (0.44 )
 
Pro forma basic
                    1.82               (0.09 )
 
Pro forma diluted
                    1.68               (0.09 )
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                       
 
Basic
    1,574       2,231       3,255       2,918       3,805  
 
Diluted
    1,574       2,231       4,609       2,918       3,805  
 
Pro forma basic
                    15,888               17,607  
 
Pro forma diluted
                    17,242               17,607  

6


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                                         
                Three
        Months
    Year Ended   Ended
    December 31,   March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Cost of revenues
  $ 3     $ 21     $ 28     $ 8     $ 11  
Technology and development
    32       263       826       92       143  
Sales and marketing
    11       117       239       44       87  
General and administrative
    124       1,790       2,217       517       170  
                               
    $ 170     $ 2,191     $ 3,310     $ 661     $ 411  
                               
       The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 is presented:
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments and the sale by us of                      shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
                         
    March 31, 2006
     
        Pro Forma
    Actual   Pro Forma   As Adjusted(1)
             
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 26,067     $ 26,067     $    
Property and equipment, net
    20,371       20,371          
Working capital
    19,788       19,788          
Total assets
    76,671       76,671          
Preferred stock warrant liability
    1,413                
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    2,608       2,608          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    89,652                
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (28,502 )     62,563          
 
(1)  Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase or decrease, respectively, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
       Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be seriously harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our net revenues, operating results and cash requirements are affected by the seasonal nature of our business.
       Our business is seasonal, with a high proportion of our net revenues, net income and operating cash flows generated during the fourth quarter. For example, we generated approximately 49% of our net revenues for 2005 in the fourth quarter of 2005, and the net income that we generated during the fourth quarter of 2005 was necessary for us to achieve profitability on an annual basis for 2005. In addition, we incur significant additional expenses in the period leading up to the fourth quarter holiday season in anticipation of higher sales volume in that period, including expenses related to the hiring and training of temporary workers to meet our seasonal needs, additional inventory and equipment purchases and increased advertising. If we are unable to accurately forecast and respond to consumer demand for our products during the fourth quarter, our reputation and brand will suffer and the market price of our common stock would likely decline.
       In addition, we base our operating expense budgets on expected revenue trends. A portion of our expenses, such as office leases and various personnel costs, are fixed and are based on our expectations of our peak levels of operations. We may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenue shortfall. Accordingly, any shortfall in revenues may cause significant variation in operating results in any quarter.
       Our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the exact impact of the seasonal factors on our business or whether or not our business is susceptible to cyclical fluctuations in the U.S. economy. In addition, our rapid growth may have overshadowed whatever seasonal or cyclical factors might have influenced our business to date. Seasonal or cyclical variations in our business may become more pronounced over time and may harm our results of operations in the future.
If we are unable to meet our seasonal production requirements, our net revenues and results of operations would be harmed.
       We face significant production risks, particularly at peak holiday seasons, including the risks of identifying and hiring sufficient qualified seasonal production personnel. A majority of our workforce during the fourth quarter of 2005 was seasonal personnel hired on a temporary basis. We have had difficulties in the past with finding a sufficient number of qualified seasonal employees. We believe that we must significantly grow our current production capability to meet our projected revenue targets and, to date, have not yet identified or built out locations for the additional production capacity we expect to need beginning in 2007. We expect to invest between $30 million and $35 million in capital expenditures beginning in the second half of 2006 and through 2007. Our inability to meet our seasonal production requirements could lead to customer dissatisfaction and reduced net revenues. Moreover, if the costs of meeting production requirements were to increase, our results of operations would be harmed.

8


Table of Contents

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.
       Our future revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Factors that could cause our quarterly operating results to fluctuate include:
  •  demand for our products and services, including seasonal demand;
 
  •  our pricing and marketing strategies and those of our competitors;
 
  •  our ability to attract visitors to our website and convert those visitors into customers;
 
  •  our ability to retain customers and encourage repeat purchases, particularly our high-volume customers from whom we derive a high proportion of our net revenues;
 
  •  our ability to sustain our profit margins, particularly our ability to sell to consumers additional photo-based products such as photo books, calendars and cards;
 
  •  the costs of customer acquisition;
 
  •  our ability to manage our production and fulfillment operations;
 
  •  the costs to produce our prints and photo-based products and merchandise and to provide our services;
 
  •  the costs of expanding or enhancing our technology or website;
 
  •  a significant increase in credits, beyond our estimated allowances, for customers who are not satisfied with our products;
 
  •  declines or disruptions to the travel industry;
 
  •  variations in weather, particularly heavy rain and snow which tend to depress travel and picture taking;
 
  •  the timing of holidays, particularly Easter;
 
  •  volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation expense under newly adopted accounting standards;
 
  •  consumer preferences for digital photography services; and
 
  •  improvements to the quality, cost and convenience of desktop printing of digital pictures and products.
       Based on the factors cited above, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance. It is possible that in one or more future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In that event, the trading price of our common stock may decline.
We have incurred operating losses in the past and may not be able to sustain profitability in the future. Recent accounting changes may make it more difficult for us to sustain profitability.
       We have periodically experienced operating losses since our inception in 1999, and we make investments in our business that generally result in operating losses in each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year to enable us to generate net income during the fourth quarter. This net income is necessary for us to achieve profitability on an annual basis. As of March 31, 2006, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $37.8 million. If we are unable to produce our products and provide our services at commercially reasonable costs, if revenues decline or if our expenses exceed our expectations, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition, as a publicly-traded company, we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

9


Table of Contents

2002, including the requirement that our internal controls and procedures be compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which we expect to be costly and could impact our results of operations in future periods. In addition, the Financial Accounting Standards Board now requires us to follow Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment,” or SFAS No. 123R. Under SFAS No. 123R, companies must calculate and record in their statement of operations the cost of equity instruments, such as stock options or restricted stock, awarded to employees for services received beginning in the first quarter of their 2006 fiscal year. SFAS No. 123R adversely impacted our first quarter of 2006 operating results in the amount of approximately $50,000, and we expect an adverse impact from the stock options we had outstanding as of March 31, 2006 in future periods in an aggregate amount of approximately $0.9 million. This, together with the impact on net income of any additional options we grant in the future, could make it difficult for investors to compare our results of operations for these periods against prior corresponding periods that were not impacted by SFAS No. 123R.
We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects.
       Our company was formed in April 1999, and we have only a limited operating history on which investors can base an evaluation of our business and prospects. As an e-commerce company in the early stage of development, we face increased risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties. To address these risks and uncertainties, we must do the following:
  •  maintain and increase our number of customers;
 
  •  maintain and enhance our brand;
 
  •  maintain and grow our website and customer operations;
 
  •  enhance and expand our products and services;
 
  •  successfully execute our business and marketing strategy;
 
  •  continue to develop and upgrade our technology and information processing systems;
 
  •  continue to enhance our service to meet the needs of a changing market;
 
  •  provide superior customer service;
 
  •  respond to competitive developments; and
 
  •  attract, integrate, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
       We may be unable to accomplish one or more of these things, which could cause our business to suffer. In addition, accomplishing one or more of these things might be very expensive, which could harm our financial results.
We may have difficulty managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.
       We have grown from 157 employees as of March 31, 2005 to 202 employees as of March 31, 2006, with website operations, offices and customer support centers in Redwood City, California and a production facility in Hayward, California. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure, and will likely require that we add an additional production facility in a different geographic location. Our ability to manage our operations and growth will require us to continue to refine our operational, financial and management controls, human resource policies and reporting systems.
       If we are unable to manage future expansion, we may not be able to implement improvements to our controls, policies and systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. Our ability to provide a high-quality customer experience could be

10


Table of Contents

compromised, which would damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
If we fail to remedy the material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to timely and accurately record, process and report financial data, fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations or have material misstatements in our financial statements.
       In connection with the audit of our 2005 consolidated financial statements for the year ended and as of December 31, 2005, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two control deficiencies which represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 were as follows:
  •  We did not maintain effective controls to ensure adequate analysis, documentation, reconciliation and review of accounting records and supporting data. Specifically, we did not maintain effective controls to ensure that accruals and accounts payable were completely and accurately recorded in the proper period. We believe this occurred primarily because of insufficient management oversight and because several positions in our accounting and finance organization were unfilled or were staffed by temporary personnel unfamiliar with our policies and procedures. In addition, some personnel performing these functions did not have an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to our 2005 consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  We did not maintain effective controls to prevent our personnel from reinstating expired prepaid print plans. Under our prepaid print plans, we offer customers the opportunity to purchase in advance larger quantities of prints at a discounted price from our current list price for prints. Our lack of controls resulted in the overstatement of revenue and understatement of deferred revenue. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to our 2005 consolidated financial statements.
       In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm identified four control deficiencies which did not rise to the level of material weaknesses but did represent significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. These significant deficiencies related to our failure to properly account for fully depreciated assets; our lack of sufficient, adequately trained finance personnel; and our failure to maintain sufficient access controls as well as documentation and management oversight of our information technology systems.
       We have taken steps to strengthen our internal control processes to address these material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, including (1) hiring a corporate controller, a manager of accounting and additional experienced financial personnel, (2) modifying our website system controls to remove the capability of our customer service personnel to take certain actions related to our prepaid print plans and clarifying our policies related to our prepaid print plans for our personnel, (3) modifying our controls to include an additional review of fixed assets accounting, (4) implementing formal procedures to control employee access to systems and information and (5) creating procedures for the additional testing of our information technology systems. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken, or will take, to remediate these material weaknesses and significant deficiencies will be effective or that we will be successful in implementing them. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses or significant deficiencies. Our independent registered public accounting firm

11


Table of Contents

has not evaluated any of the measures we have taken, or that we propose to take, to address the material weaknesses and significant deficiencies discussed above. If we are unable to remediate these control weaknesses, they could result in material misstatements of our future annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Any such failure could also adversely affect management’s assessment of our disclosure controls and procedures, required with the filing of our quarterly and annual reports after we complete this offering, and the results of periodic management evaluations and the annual attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide when the SEC’s rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for 2002 become applicable to us, which is currently scheduled to occur beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2007, to be filed in the first quarter of 2008. The existence of a material weakness could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.
Competitive pricing pressures, particularly with respect to 4×6 print pricing and shipping, may harm our business and results of operations.
       Demand for our products and services is sensitive to price. Many external factors, including our production and personnel costs and our competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, can significantly impact our pricing strategies. If we fail to meet our customers’ price expectations, we could lose customers, which would harm our business and results of operations.
       Changes in our pricing strategies have had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on our net revenues and net income. For example, in the second quarter of 2005, certain of our competitors reduced the list prices of their 4×6 prints from $0.29 to $0.12. In response, we lowered the list price of our 4×6 prints to $0.19 in order to remain competitive. A drop in our 4×6 prices without a corresponding increase in volume would negatively impact our net revenues. Our larger competitors could elect to further reduce the list prices of their 4×6 prints or use lower pricing of prints as a loss leader. If this were to occur, we might not be able to remain competitive on pricing for 4×6 prints, which could result in a loss of customers.
       In addition, we generate a significant portion of our net revenues from the fees we collect from shipping our products. For example, these fees represented approximately 19% of our net revenues in 2005 and approximately 23% of our net revenues in the first quarter of 2006. We believe that these results are consistent with our seasonal historical trends. Many online businesses have begun offering discounted or free shipping as a means of attracting customers, and in the event that competitive pressures require us to offer discounted or free shipping to our customers, our net revenues and results of operations would be negatively impacted.
We face intense competition from a range of competitors and may be unsuccessful in competing against current and future competitors.
       The digital photography products and services industries are intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future. Competition may result in pricing pressures, reduced profit margins or loss of market share, any of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. We face intense competition from a wide range of companies, many of which have significantly longer operating histories, larger and broader customer bases, greater brand recognition and greater financial, research and development and distribution resources than we do. These competitors include:
  •  Online digital photography services companies such as Kodak EasyShare Gallery (formerly known as Ofoto), Snapfish, which is a service of Hewlett-Packard, Sony’s ImageStation and others;

12


Table of Contents

  •  “Big Box” retailers such as Wal-Mart, Costco and others that are seeking to offer low cost digital photography solutions, such as in-store fulfillment and self-service kiosks for printing, and that may, among other strategies, offer their customers heavily discounted in-store solutions that compete directly with our offerings;
 
  •  Drug stores such as Walgreens, CVS and others that offer in-store pick-up from Internet orders;
 
  •  Regional photography companies such as Wolf Camera and Ritz Camera that have established brands and customer bases in existing photography markets;
 
  •  Internet portals and search engines such as Yahoo!, AOL, Google and CNET that offer broad-reaching digital photography and related solutions to their large user bases;
 
  •  Home printing solution providers such as Hewlett-Packard, Epson and Canon, that are seeking to expand their printer and ink businesses by gaining market share in the emerging digital photography marketplace; and
 
  •  Photo-related software companies such as Adobe, Apple, Microsoft, Corel and others.
       The numerous choices for digital photography services can cause confusion for consumers, and may cause them to choose to use one of our competitors, many of whom may have greater name recognition than we do. In addition, some of our competitors who are seeking to establish an online presence may be able to devote substantially more resources to website and systems development. Also, larger, more established and better capitalized entities may acquire, invest in or partner with traditional and online competitors. We may also face competition from new entrants that are well funded and that may choose to prioritize growing their market share and brand awareness instead of profitability. Competitors and new entrants in the digital photography products and services industries may also seek to develop new products, technologies or capabilities that could render obsolete or less competitive many of the products, services and content that we offer, which could harm our business and results of operations.
If we are unable to adequately control the costs associated with operating our business, our results of operations will suffer.
       The primary costs in operating our business are related to producing prints, shipping products, acquiring customers and compensating our personnel, and if we are unable to keep these costs aligned with the level of revenues that we generate, our results of operations would be harmed. The challenge in controlling our business costs is made more difficult by the fact that many of the factors that impact these costs are beyond our control. For example, the costs to produce prints, such as the costs of photographic print paper, could increase due to a shortage of silver or an increase in worldwide energy prices. In addition, we may become subject to increased costs by the third-party shippers that deliver our products to our customers, and we may be unable to pass along any increases in shipping costs to our customers. The costs of online advertising and keyword search could also increase significantly due to increased competition, which would increase our customer acquisition costs.
The loss of key personnel, an inability to attract and retain additional personnel or difficulties in the integration of new members of our management team into our company could affect our ability to successfully grow our business.
       We are highly dependent upon the continued service and performance of our senior management team and key technical, marketing and production personnel. The loss of these key employees, each of whom is “at will” and may terminate his or her employment relationship with us at any time, may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

13


Table of Contents

       We believe that our future success will also depend in part on our continued ability to identify, hire, train and motivate qualified personnel. We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous technology, marketing, financial services, manufacturing and e-commerce companies. In addition, competition for qualified personnel is particularly intense in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing operational and managerial requirements, or may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so, and our failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to implement our business plan.
       In addition, some members of our management team have only recently joined our company. For example, Stanford S. Au, our Senior Vice President, Technology, joined us in April 2006. We expect that it will take time for the new members of our management team to integrate into our company and our business could be harmed if the integration is not successful.
If we are unable to attract customers in a cost-effective manner, or if we were to become subject to e-mail blacklisting, traffic to our website would be reduced and our business and results of operations would be harmed.
       Our success depends on our ability to attract customers in a cost-effective manner. We rely on a variety of methods to bring visitors to our website and promote our products, including the payment of fees and revenue sharing to third parties who drive new customers to our website, purchased search results from online search engines, e-mail and direct mail. We pay providers of online services, search engines, directories and other website and e-commerce businesses to provide content, advertising banners and other links that direct customers to our website. We also use e-mail and direct mail to offer free products and services as a means of attracting customers, and offer substantial pricing discounts as a means of encouraging repeat purchases. Our methods of attracting customers can involve substantial costs, regardless of whether we acquire new customers. Even if we are successful in acquiring and retaining customers, the cost involved in these efforts may negatively impact our results of operations. If we are unable to enhance or maintain the methods we use to reach consumers, the costs of attracting customers using these methods significantly increase, or we are unable to develop new cost-effective means to obtain customers, our ability to attract new customers would be harmed, traffic to our website would be reduced and our business and results of operations would be harmed.
       In addition, various private entities attempt to regulate the use of e-mail for commercial solicitation. These entities often advocate standards of conduct or practice that significantly exceed current legal requirements and classify certain e-mail solicitations that comply with current legal requirements as unsolicited bulk e-mails, or “spam.” Some of these entities maintain blacklists of companies and individuals, and the websites, Internet service providers and Internet protocol addresses associated with those entities or individuals that do not adhere to what the blacklisting entity believes are appropriate standards of conduct or practices for commercial e-mail solicitations. If a company’s Internet protocol addresses are listed by a blacklisting entity, e-mails sent from those addresses may be blocked if they are sent to any Internet domain or Internet address that subscribes to the blacklisting entity’s service or purchases its blacklist. If we become subject to blacklisting, it could impair our ability to market our products and services, communicate with our customers and otherwise operate our business.
We may not succeed in promoting, strengthening and continuing to establish the Shutterfly brand, which would prevent us from acquiring new customers and increasing revenues.
       A component of our business strategy is the continued promotion and strengthening of the Shutterfly brand. Due to the competitive nature of the digital photography products and services markets, if we are unable to successfully promote the Shutterfly brand, we may fail to substantially increase our net revenues. Customer awareness of, and the perceived value of, our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high-

14


Table of Contents

quality customer experience. To promote our brand, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial expense related to advertising and other marketing efforts.
       Our ability to provide a high-quality customer experience also depends, in large part, on external factors over which we may have little or no control, including the reliability and performance of our suppliers and third-party Internet and communication infrastructure providers. For example, some of our products, such as select photo-based merchandise, are produced and shipped to customers by our third-party vendors, and we rely on these vendors to properly inspect and ship these products. In addition, we rely on third-party shippers, including the U.S. Postal Service and United Parcel Service, to deliver our products to customers. Strikes or other service interruptions affecting these shippers could impair our ability to deliver merchandise on a timely basis. Our products are also subject to damage during delivery and handling by our third-party shippers. Our failure to provide customers with high-quality products in a timely manner for any reason could substantially harm our reputation and our efforts to develop Shutterfly as a trusted brand. The failure of our brand promotion activities could adversely affect our ability to attract new customers and maintain customer relationships, and, as a result, substantially harm our business and results of operations.
The success of our business depends on continued consumer adoption of digital photography.
       Our growth is highly dependent upon the continued adoption by consumers of digital photography solutions. The digital photography market is rapidly evolving, characterized by changing technologies, intense price competition, additional competitors, evolving industry standards, frequent new service announcements and changing consumer demands and behaviors. To the extent that consumer adoption of digital photography does not continue to grow as expected, our revenue growth would likely suffer. Moreover, we face significant risks that, if the market for digital photography evolves in ways that we are not able to address due to changing technologies or consumer behaviors, pricing pressures, or otherwise, our current products and services may become unattractive, which would likely result in the loss of customers and a decline in net revenues and/or increased expenses.
Purchasers of digital photography products and services may not choose to shop online, which would harm our net revenues and results of operations.
       The online market for digital photography products and services is less developed than the online market for other consumer products. If this market does not gain widespread acceptance, our business may suffer. Our success will depend in part on our ability to attract customers who have historically used traditional retail photography services or who have produced photographs and other products using self-service alternatives, such as printing at home. Furthermore, we may have to incur significantly higher and more sustained advertising and promotional expenditures or reduce the prices of our products and services in order to attract additional online consumers to our website and convert them into purchasing customers. Specific factors that could prevent prospective customers from purchasing from us include:
  •  the inability to physically handle and examine product samples;
 
  •  delivery time associated with Internet orders;
 
  •  concerns about the security of online transactions and the privacy of personal information;
 
  •  delayed shipments or shipments of incorrect or damaged products; and
 
  •  inconvenience associated with returning or exchanging purchased items.
If purchasers of digital photography products and services do not choose to shop online, our net revenues and results of operations would be harmed.

15


Table of Contents

If affordable broadband access does not become widely available to consumers, our revenue growth will likely suffer.
       Because our business currently involves consumers uploading and downloading large data files, we are highly dependent upon the availability of affordable broadband access to consumers. Many areas of the country still do not have broadband access, and the cost of broadband access may be too expensive for many potential customers. To the extent that broadband access is not available or not adopted by consumers due to cost, our revenue growth would likely suffer.
Interruptions to our website, information technology systems, print production processes or customer service operations could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our website, information technology systems, printing production processes and customer service operations are critical to our reputation, and our ability to attract and retain customers and to maintain adequate customer satisfaction. Any interruptions that result in the unavailability of our website or reduced order fulfillment performance or customer service could result in negative publicity, damage our reputation and brand and cause our business and results of operations to suffer.
       Because we depend in part on third parties for the implementation and maintenance of certain aspects of our communications and printing systems, and because many of the causes of system interruptions or interruptions in the production process may be outside of our control, we may not be able to remedy such interruptions in a timely manner, or at all. Our business interruption insurance policies do not address all potential causes of business interruptions that we may experience, and any proceeds we may receive from these policies in the event of a business interruption may not fully compensate us for the revenues we may lose.
If the single facility where substantially all of our computer and communications hardware is located fails or if our single production facility fails, our business and results of operations would be harmed.
       Our ability to successfully receive and fulfill orders and to provide high-quality customer service depends in part on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. Substantially all of the computer hardware necessary to operate our website is located at a single third-party hosting facility in Sunnyvale, California, and our single production facility is in Hayward, California. Our systems and operations could suffer damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, break-ins, terrorist attacks, acts of war and similar events. In addition, Hayward is located on, and Sunnyvale is located near, a major fault line, increasing our susceptibility to the risk that an earthquake could significantly harm the operations of these facilities. We do not presently have redundant systems in multiple locations, and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. In addition, the impact of any of these disasters on our business may be exacerbated by the fact that we are still in the process of developing our formal disaster recovery plan and we do not have a final plan currently in place.
Capacity constraints and system failures could prevent access to our website, which could harm our reputation and negatively affect our net revenues.
       Our business requires that we have adequate capacity in our computer systems to cope with the high volume of visits to our website. As our operations grow in size and scope, we will need to improve and upgrade our computer systems and network infrastructure in the ordinary course of business to offer customers enhanced and new products, services, capacity, features and functionality. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial

16


Table of Contents

financial, operational and technical resources before the volume of our business increases, with no assurance that our net revenues will increase.
       Our ability to provide high-quality products and service depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. If our systems cannot be expanded in a timely manner to cope with increased website traffic, we could experience disruptions in service, slower response times, lower customer satisfaction, and delays in the introduction of new products and services. Any of these problems could harm our reputation and cause our net revenues to decline.
If we are not able to reliably meet our data storage and management requirements, customer satisfaction and our reputation could be harmed.
       As a part of our current business model, we offer our customers free unlimited online storage and sharing of photographs and, as a result, must store and manage hundreds of terabytes of data. This results in immense system requirements and substantial ongoing technological challenges, both of which are expected to continue to increase over time. If we are not able to reliably meet these data storage and management requirements, we could have disruptions in services which could impair customer satisfaction and our reputation and lead to reduced net revenues and increased expenses. Moreover, if the cost of meeting these data storage and management requirements increases, our results of operations would be harmed.
Our technology, infrastructure and processes may contain undetected errors or design faults that could result in decreased production, limited capacity or reduced demand.
       Our technology, infrastructure and processes may contain undetected errors or design faults. These errors or design faults may cause our website to fail and result in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our products and services. If we experience a delay in a website release that results in customer dissatisfaction during the period required to correct errors and design faults, we would lose revenue. In the future, we may encounter scalability limitations, in current or future technology releases, or delays in the commercial release of any future version of our technology, infrastructure and processes that could seriously harm our business.
We currently depend on single suppliers for some of our photographic print paper and for the machines used to manufacture our 4×6 prints and photo-based products, which exposes us to risks if these suppliers fail to perform under our agreements with them.
       We have historically relied on an exclusive supply relationship with Fuji Photo Film U.S.A. to supply all of our photographic paper for silver halide print production, such as 4×6 prints, and with GPA Acquisition Company for all of our paper for our photo-based products, such as photo books and calendars. In addition, we have purchased or rented all of the machines currently used to manufacture our 4×6 prints from Image Solutions and our photo-based products from Hewlett-Packard. Our reliance on these third parties subjects us to a degree of risk. We have an agreement with Fuji that expires in September 2007, but if Fuji fails to perform in accordance with the terms of our agreement and if we are unable to secure a paper supply from a different source in a timely manner, we would likely fail to meet customer expectations, which could result in negative publicity, damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and results of operations. We do not have long-term agreements with any of GPA Acquisition Company, Hewlett-Packard or Image Solutions, but purchase products from them on a purchase order basis, and, as a result, these parties could increase their prices, reallocate supply to others, including our competitors, or choose to terminate their relationship with us. In addition, Hewlett-Packard is one of our primary competitors in the area of online digital photography services, and this competition may influence their willingness to provide us with additional products or services. If we were required to switch vendors of machines for photo-based products, we may incur incremental costs, which could harm our operating results.

17


Table of Contents

If we are unable to develop, market and sell new products and services that address additional market opportunities, our results of operations may suffer. In addition, we may need to expand beyond our current customer demographic to grow our business.
       Although historically we have focused our business on consumer markets for silver halide prints, such as 4×6 prints, and photo-based products, such as photo books and calendars, we intend to address, and demand may shift to, expanding into new products and services. In addition, we believe we may need to address additional markets and expand our customer demographic in order to further grow our business. We may not successfully expand our existing services or create new products and services, address new market segments or develop a significantly broader customer base. Any failure to address additional market opportunities could result in loss of market share, which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may need to raise additional capital that may be required to grow our business, and we may not be able to raise capital on terms acceptable to us or at all.
       The operation of our business and growth efforts will require significant cash outlays and advance capital equipment expenditures and commitments. If cash on hand and cash generated from operations and from this offering are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we will need to seek additional capital, potentially through debt or equity financings, to fund our growth. We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise needed cash on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our securities may be lower than the price per share of our common stock in this offering. The holders of new securities may also have rights, preferences or privileges which are senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If new sources of financing are required, but are insufficient or unavailable, we will be required to modify our growth and operating plans to the extent of available funding, which would harm our ability to grow our business.
We may undertake acquisitions to expand our business, which may pose risks to our business and dilute the ownership of our existing stockholders.
       A key component of our business strategy includes strengthening our competitive position and refining the customer experience on our website through internal development. However, from time to time, we may selectively pursue acquisitions of businesses, technologies or services. Integrating any newly acquired businesses, technologies or services is likely to be expensive and time consuming. To finance any acquisitions, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds through public or private financings. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, and, in the case of equity financings, would result in dilution to our stockholders. If we do complete any acquisitions, we may be unable to operate the acquired businesses profitably or otherwise implement our strategy successfully. If we are unable to integrate any newly acquired entities, technologies or services effectively, our business and results of operations will suffer. The time and expense associated with finding suitable and compatible businesses, technologies or services could also disrupt our ongoing business and divert our management’s attention. Future acquisitions by us could also result in large and immediate write-offs or assumptions of debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. We have no current plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any future acquisitions.
Our net revenues and results of operations are affected by the level of vacation and other travel by our customers, and any declines or disruptions in the travel industry could harm our business.
       Because vacation and other travel is one of the primary occasions in which our customers utilize their digital cameras, our net revenues and results of operations are affected by the level of vacation and other travel by our customers. Accordingly, downturns or weaknesses in the travel industry could harm our business. Travel expenditures are sensitive to business and personal

18


Table of Contents

discretionary spending levels and tend to decline during general economic downturns. Events or weakness in the travel industry that could negatively affect the travel industry include price escalation in the airline industry or other travel-related industries, airline or other travel related strikes, safety concerns, including terrorist activities, inclement weather and airline bankruptcies or liquidations. In addition, high gasoline prices may lead to reduced travel in the United States. Any decrease in vacation or travel could harm our net revenues and results of operations.
Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. These protective measures afford only limited protection. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features and functionalities or to obtain and use information that we consider proprietary, such as the technology used to operate our website, our production operations and our trademarks.
       As of May 31, 2006, we had 12 patents issued and more than 30 patent applications pending in the United States. We intend to pursue corresponding patent coverage in other countries to the extent we believe such coverage is appropriate and cost efficient. We cannot assure you that any of our pending applications will be granted. In addition, third parties could bring infringement, invalidity, co-inventorship or similar claims with respect to any of our currently issued patents or any patents that may be issued to us in the future. Any such claims, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       Our primary brand is “Shutterfly.” We hold registrations for the Shutterfly service mark in our major markets of the United States and Canada, as well as in the European Community, Mexico, Japan, Australia and New Zealand. An additional application for the Shutterfly mark is pending in Brazil. Our competitors may adopt names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of marks that are similar to Shutterfly or one of our other marks. Any claims or customer confusion related to our marks could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
If we become involved in patent litigation or other proceedings related to a determination of rights, we could incur substantial costs, expenses or liability, lose our exclusive rights or be required to stop certain of our business activities.
       A third party may sue us for infringing its patent rights. In addition, we have in the past received claims, and in the future a third party may claim, that we have improperly obtained or used its confidential or proprietary information. Likewise, we may need to resort to litigation to enforce a patent issued to us or to determine the scope and validity of third-party proprietary rights.
       The cost to us of any litigation or other proceeding relating to intellectual property rights, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, and the litigation would divert our management’s efforts from growing our business. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could limit our ability to continue our operations.
       Alternatively, we may be required to, or decide to, enter into a license with a third party. For example, in May 2005, we entered into a settlement and license agreement to resolve litigation brought by a third party with respect to our alleged infringement of its patents. Under the terms of the agreement, we agreed to pay the third party a total of $2.0 million, and we received a license to its patents. Any future license required under any other party’s patents may not be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, such licenses are likely to be non-exclusive

19


Table of Contents

and, therefore, our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license and are unable to design around a patent, we may be unable to effectively conduct certain of our business activities, which could limit our ability to generate revenues and harm our results of operations and possibly prevent us from generating revenues sufficient to sustain our operations.
The inability to acquire or maintain domain names for our website could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       We currently are the registrant of the “Shutterfly” mark in numerous jurisdictions and of the Internet domain name for our website, Shutterfly.com, as well as various related domain names. Domain names generally are regulated by Internet regulatory bodies and are controlled also by trademark and other related laws. If we lose the ability to use our Shutterfly mark in a particular country or our domain name, we could be forced to either incur significant additional expenses to market our products within that country, including the development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional materials and packaging, or elect not to sell products in that country. Either result could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       Furthermore, the regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights could change in ways that block or interfere with our ability to use relevant domains or our current brand. Also, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Regulatory bodies also may establish additional generic or country-code top-level domains or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we might not be able to acquire or maintain the domain names that utilize the name Shutterfly in all of the countries in which we currently or intend to conduct business.
Our net revenues may be negatively affected if we are required to charge sales taxes in additional jurisdictions or other taxes on purchases.
       We do not collect or have imposed upon us sales or other taxes related to the products and services we sell, except for certain corporate level taxes and sales tax in California, Nevada and Pennsylvania where we have a tax nexus. However, additional states or one or more countries may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us in the future. A successful assertion by any country or state in which we do business that we should be collecting sales or other taxes on the sale of our products could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing products from us, decrease our ability to compete with traditional retailers or otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       Currently, decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court restrict the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales and use taxes with respect to sales made over the Internet. However, implementation of the restrictions imposed by these Supreme Court decisions is subject to interpretation by state and local taxing authorities. While we believe that these Supreme Court decisions currently restrict state and local taxing authorities in the United States from requiring us to collect sales and use taxes from purchasers located within their jurisdictions, taxing authorities could disagree with our interpretation of these decisions. Moreover, a number of states in the United States, as well as the U.S. Congress, have been considering various initiatives that could limit or supersede the Supreme Court’s position regarding sales and use taxes on Internet sales. If any state or local taxing jurisdiction were to disagree with our interpretation of the Supreme Court’s current position regarding state and local taxation of Internet sales, or if any of these initiatives were to address the Supreme Court’s constitutional concerns and result in a reversal of its current position, we could be required to collect additional sales and use taxes from purchasers. The imposition by state and local governments of various taxes upon Internet commerce could create administrative burdens for us and could decrease our future net sales.

20


Table of Contents

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet or other online services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, restrictions on imports and exports, customs, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. Those laws that do reference the Internet are only beginning to be interpreted by the courts and their applicability and reach are therefore uncertain. For example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, is intended, in part, to limit the liability of eligible online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others. Portions of the Communications Decency Act, or CDA, are intended to provide statutory protections to online service providers who distribute third-party content. We rely on the protections provided by both the DMCA and CDA in conducting our business. Any changes in these laws or judicial interpretations narrowing their protections will subject us to greater risk of liability and may increase our costs of compliance with these regulations or limit our ability to operate certain lines of business. The Children’s Online Protection Act and the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act are intended to restrict the distribution of certain materials deemed harmful to children and impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect user information from minors. In addition, the Protection of Children From Sexual Predators Act of 1998 requires online service providers to report evidence of violations of federal child pornography laws under certain circumstances. The costs of compliance with these regulations may increase in the future as a result of changes in the regulations or the interpretation of them. Further, any failures on our part to comply with these regulations may subject us to significant liabilities. Those current and future laws and regulations or unfavorable resolution of these issues may substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Legislation regarding copyright protection or content interdiction could impose complex and costly constraints on our business model.
       Because of our focus on automation and high volumes, our operations do not involve, for the vast majority of our sales, any human-based review of content. Although our website’s terms of use specifically require customers to represent that they have the right and authority to reproduce the content they provide and that the content is in full compliance with all relevant laws and regulations, we do not have the ability to determine the accuracy of these representations on a case-by-case basis. There is a risk that a customer may supply an image or other content that is the property of another party used without permission, that infringes the copyright or trademark of another party, or that would be considered to be defamatory, pornographic, hateful, racist, scandalous, obscene or otherwise offensive, objectionable or illegal under the laws or court decisions of the jurisdiction where that customer lives. There is, therefore, a risk that customers may intentionally or inadvertently order and receive products from us that are in violation of the rights of another party or a law or regulation of a particular jurisdiction. If we should become legally obligated in the future to perform manual screening and review for all orders destined for a jurisdiction, we will encounter increased production costs or may cease accepting orders for shipment to that jurisdiction which could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

21


Table of Contents

Our practice of offering free products and services could be subject to judicial or regulatory challenge.
       We regularly offer free products as an inducement for customers to try our products. Although we believe that we conspicuously and clearly communicate all details and conditions of these offers — for example, that customers are required to pay shipping, handling and/or processing charges to take advantage of the free product offer — we may be subject to claims from individuals or governmental regulators that our free offers are misleading or do not comply with applicable legislation, which claims may be expensive to defend and could divert management’s time and attention. If we become subject to such claims in the future, or are required or elect to curtail or eliminate our use of free offers, our results of operations may be harmed.
Our failure to protect the confidential information of our customers and networks against security breaches and the risks associated with credit card fraud could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
       A significant prerequisite to online commerce and communications is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Our failure to prevent security breaches could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations. For example, a majority of our sales are billed to our customers’ credit card accounts directly, orders are shipped to a customer’s address, and customers log on using their e-mail address. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effect the secure transmission of confidential information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer transaction data. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a user’s password could access the user’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise of our security could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability which would substantially harm our business and results of operations. In addition, anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches.
       In addition, under current credit card practices, we are liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. We do not currently carry insurance against this risk. To date, we have experienced minimal losses from credit card fraud, but we continue to face the risk of significant losses from this type of fraud. Our failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Changes in regulations or user concerns regarding privacy and protection of user data could harm our business.
       Federal, state and international laws and regulations may govern the collection, use, sharing and security of data that we receive from our customers. In addition, we have and post on our website our own privacy policies and practices concerning the collection, use and disclosure of customer data. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any data-related consent orders, Federal Trade Commission requirements or other federal, state or international privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, which could potentially harm our business. Further, failure or perceived failure to comply with our policies or applicable requirements related to the collection, use or security of personal information or other privacy-related matters could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers.

22


Table of Contents

Expansion of our international operations will require management attention and resources and may be unsuccessful, which could harm our future business development and existing domestic operations.
       To date, we have conducted limited international operations, but we intend to expand into international markets in order to grow our business. These expansion plans will require management attention and resources and may be unsuccessful. We have limited experience in selling our products to conform to local cultures, standards and policies. We may have to compete with local companies which understand the local market better than we do. In addition, to achieve satisfactory performance for consumers in international locations it may be necessary to locate physical facilities, such as production facilities in the foreign market. We do not have experience establishing such facilities overseas. We may not be successful in expanding into any international markets or in generating revenues from foreign operations. In addition, different privacy, censorship and liability standards and regulations and different intellectual property laws in foreign countries may cause our business to be harmed.
Risks Related to This Offering
There has been no prior market for our common stock, our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
       There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
  •  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;
 
  •  changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
 
  •  changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our stock;
 
  •  ratings downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our company;
 
  •  the public’s response to our press releases or other public announcements, including our filings with the SEC;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
 
  •  introduction of technologies or product enhancements that reduce the need for our products;
 
  •  market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;
 
  •  the loss of key personnel;
 
  •  lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

23


Table of Contents

  •  future sales of our common stock by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders; and
 
  •  other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.
       In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the Nasdaq National Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have substantial costs and divert resources and the attention of management from our business.
Maintaining and improving our financial controls and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.
       As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market. The requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and may also place undue strain on our personnel, systems and resources.
       The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. This can be difficult to do. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We have a substantial effort ahead of us to implement appropriate processes, document the system of internal control over relevant processes, assess their design, remediate any deficiencies identified, including the two material weaknesses and four significant deficiencies identified by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the audit of our 2005 consolidated financial statements, and test their operation. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. These efforts will also involve substantial accounting related costs. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq National Market.
       Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market, we are required to maintain a board of directors with a majority of independent directors. We also expect that these rules and regulations will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate directors’ and officers’ insurance, our ability to recruit and retain qualified directors, especially those directors who may be considered independent for purposes of Nasdaq rules, and officers will be significantly curtailed.
Purchasers in this offering will suffer immediate dilution.
       If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, the value of your shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less than the offering price you paid. This effect is known as dilution. Based upon the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock at March 31, 2006, your shares will have less book value per share than the price you paid in the offering. If previously granted options are exercised, additional dilution will occur. As of March 31, 2006, options to purchase 3,198,994 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.41 per share and warrants to purchase 116,364 shares of our common stock at a

24


Table of Contents

weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.56 per share, which options and warrants do not expire upon the completion of this offering, were outstanding. Subsequent to March 31, 2006, we granted additional options to purchase an aggregate of 1,620,015 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $10.49 per share.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
       The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock and if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. After this offering, we will have outstanding                      shares of our common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2006. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining 17,820,533 shares, or      % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently restricted as a result of market standoff and/or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below.
     
Number of Shares and   Date Available for Sale
 % of Total Outstanding   into Public Market
     
     shares, or      %
  Immediately after this offering.
     shares, or      %
  45 days after the date of this prospectus.
     shares, or      %
  90 days after the date of this prospectus.
     shares, or      %
  180 days after the date of this prospectus.
       After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 13,732,545 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2006 or subject to warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the issuance of all shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register the issuance of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to certain lock-up agreements.
       The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline due to sales of a substantial number of our shares in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.
Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over Shutterfly after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.
       After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately      % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, may have the ability to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these persons, acting together, may have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by:
  •  delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
 
  •  impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; or

25


Table of Contents

  •  discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
       We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including working capital, capital expenditures, possible acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
Some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and Delaware law may deter third parties from acquiring us.
       Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will each become effective immediately following the completion of this offering contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors, including the following:
  •  our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms;
 
  •  only our chairman, our chief executive officer, our president or a majority of our board of directors is authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  our stockholders may take action only at a meeting of stockholders and not by written consent;
 
  •  vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by our board of directors and not by stockholders;
 
  •  our certificate of incorporation authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval; and
 
  •  advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.
These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.
       In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.

26


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
       This prospectus contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potentially,” “will,” or “may,” or other similar words and expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:
  •  our financial performance, including our net revenues, cost of revenues, operating expenses and ability to sustain profitability;
 
  •  our planned capital expenditures;
 
  •  our liquidity and working capital requirements;
 
  •  our ability to expand our customer base;
 
  •  our ability to expand our product and service offerings;
 
  •  our efforts to make our business more vertically integrated;
 
  •  our ability to develop additional adjacent lines of business;
 
  •  our international expansion plans;
 
  •  our ability to secure adequate facility space;
 
  •  our ability to retain and hire necessary employees, including seasonal personnel, and appropriately staff our operations;
 
  •  the impact of seasonality on our business;
 
  •  our ability to remediate the material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting;
 
  •  our ability to stay abreast of modified or new laws applying to our business; and
 
  •  our spending of the net proceeds from this offering.
       The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important risks, uncertainties and factors include those factors we discuss in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. These risk factors are not exhaustive and other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors which could harm our business and financial performance.
       The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
       This prospectus also contains statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. Although we have not independently verified the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications are reliable and the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable.

27


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
       We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of the                      shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering of approximately $           million, or approximately $           million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $           million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover of the prospectus remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
       We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and potential capital expenditures for manufacturing and website infrastructure equipment and new and existing manufacturing facilities. Although we may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any investments.
       Our management will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of the net proceeds of this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these net proceeds. Pending specific utilization of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in short-term, interest bearing obligations, investment grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States. The goal with respect to the investment of these net proceeds is capital preservation and liquidity so that such funds are readily available to fund our operations.
DIVIDEND POLICY
       We have not paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since we incorporated in April 1999. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance future growth and development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
       The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2006:
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering and (2) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware immediately following the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments and the sale by us of                      shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
       You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                               
    As of March 31, 2006
     
        Pro Forma As
    Actual   Pro Forma   Adjusted(1)
             
        (Unaudited)    
    (In thousands, except per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 26,067     $ 26,067     $    
                   
Preferred stock warrant liability
  $ 1,413     $     $    
Capital lease obligations, including current portion
    4,520       4,520          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 15,454 shares authorized, 13,802 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 15,454 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
    89,652                
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                       
 
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
                   
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 38,251 shares authorized, 3,864 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 38,251 shares authorized, 17,666 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
          2          
 
Additional paid-in capital
    10,568       101,631          
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (1,264 )     (1,264 )        
 
Accumulated deficit
    (37,806 )     (37,806 )        
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (28,502 )     62,563          
                   
     
Total capitalization
  $ 67,083     $ 67,083     $    
                   
 
(1)  Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

29


Table of Contents

       In the table above, the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2006, unless otherwise stated, does not include:
  •  3,198,994 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.41 per share;
 
  •  1,755,738 additional shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2006; shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Plan that are not issued as of the date of this prospectus will become available for grant and issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan;
 
  •  in addition to the shares that will roll over from the 1999 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 1,358,352 shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded and which contains a provision that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Management — Employee Benefit Plans;”
 
  •  40,816 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of March 31, 2006 with an exercise price of $24.50 per share that expires upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  an aggregate of 116,364 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.56 per share, which warrants do not expire upon the completion of this offering.

30


Table of Contents

DILUTION
       As of March 31, 2006, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $                     million, or $           per share, based upon 17,820,533 shares outstanding as of such date. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering.
       After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2006 would have been approximately $           million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $           per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public offering price. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2006
  $            
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
               
             
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
             
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
             
       A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                    would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $           per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $           per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
       The following table summarizes on the same pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the difference between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price paid per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:
                                           
        Total    
    Shares Purchased   Consideration   Average Price
             
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Per Share
                     
Existing stockholders
              %   $           %   $    
New investors
                                       
 
Total
            100.0 %             100.0 %        
                               
       A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $           million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
       The above discussion and tables assume no exercise of our in-the-money stock options or warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006, consisting of 3,198,994 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.41 per share and 116,364 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants with a

31


Table of Contents

weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.56 per share. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, then:
  •  there will be an additional $           per share of dilution to new investors;
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own      % and our new investors would own      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would have paid      % of total consideration, at an average price per share of $          , and our new investors would have paid      % of total consideration.

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
       You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.
       The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, are derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
       Pro forma basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma diluted net

33


Table of Contents

income per share attributable to common stockholders further includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants.
                                                           
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                       
Net revenues
  $ 7,499     $ 16,009     $ 31,395     $ 54,499     $ 83,902     $ 13,156     $ 16,883  
Cost of revenues(1)
    6,148       7,871       14,310       24,878       36,941       6,446       8,749  
                                           
Gross profit
    1,351       8,138       17,085       29,621       46,961       6,710       8,134  
Operating expenses:
                                                       
Technology and development(1)
    6,424       4,039       4,970       7,433       13,152       2,311       3,983  
Sales and marketing(1)
    5,630       2,786       3,991       7,705       15,252       2,275       3,693  
General and administrative(1)
    7,401       4,421       5,629       10,126       13,657       2,818       3,397  
                                           
Total operating expenses
    19,455       11,246       14,590       25,264       42,061       7,404       11,073  
Income (loss) from operations
    (18,104 )     (3,108 )     2,495       4,357       4,900       (694 )     (2,939 )
Interest expense
    (610 )     (478 )     (392 )     (471 )     (367 )     (54 )     (78 )
Other income (expense), net
    239       12       9       81       (103 )     65       475  
                                           
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (18,475 )     (3,574 )     2,112       3,967       4,430       (683 )     (2,542 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    (9 )     (3 )     (68 )     (258 )     24,060             874  
                                           
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (18,484 )     (3,577 )     2,044       3,709       28,490       (683 )     (1,668 )
                                           
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                            442              
                                           
Net income (loss)
  $ (18,484 )   $ (3,577 )   $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                                           
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ (18,484 )   $ (3,577 )               $ 4,720     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                                           
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (15.45 )   $ (2.55 )   $     $     $ 1.45     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
 
Diluted
  $ (15.45 )   $ (2.55 )   $     $     $ 1.34     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
 
Pro forma basic
                                  $ 1.82             $ (0.09 )
 
Pro forma diluted
                                  $ 1.68             $ (0.09 )
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                                       
 
Basic
    1,197       1,404       1,574       2,231       3,255       2,918       3,805  
 
Diluted
    1,197       1,404       1,574       2,231       4,609       2,918       3,805  
 
Pro forma basic
                                    15,888               17,607  
 
Pro forma diluted
                                    17,242               17,607  
 
(1)  Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                                                         
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Cost of revenues
  $     $     $ 3     $ 21     $ 28     $ 8     $ 11  
Technology and development
                32       263       826       92       143  
Sales and marketing
                11       117       239       44       87  
General and administration
    86       20       124       1,790       2,217       517       170  
                                           
    $ 86     $ 20     $ 170     $ 2,191     $ 3,310     $ 661     $ 411  
                                           

34


Table of Contents

                                                 
    December 31,    
        March 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
                         
                        (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,625     $ 3,658     $ 10,670     $ 13,781     $ 39,153     $ 26,067  
Property and equipment, net
    4,109       3,617       5,140       11,723       20,761       20,371  
Working capital
    318       (1,050 )     2,002       690       22,687       19,788  
Total assets
    9,759       8,831       17,754       29,865       89,552       76,671  
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    1,638       1,292       1,314       2,709       3,646       2,608  
Preferred stock warrant liability
                            1,535       1,413  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    67,235       69,230       69,668       69,822       89,652       89,652  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (64,316 )     (67,752 )     (65,333 )     (59,568 )     (27,262 )     (28,502 )

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
       You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
       We are a leading Internet-based social expression and personal publishing service that enables consumers to share, print and preserve their memories by leveraging our technology-based platform and manufacturing processes. Today, our primary focus is on helping consumers manage their memories through the powerful medium of photos. We provide a full range of products and services that make it easy, convenient and fun for consumers to upload, edit, enhance, organize, find, share, create, print and preserve their digital photos in a creative and thoughtful manner.
Basis of Presentation
       Net Revenues. We generate revenues primarily from the printing and shipping of photo prints, photo-based products, such as photo books, cards and calendars, photo-based merchandise, such as mugs, mouse pads and magnets, and ancillary products such as frames, photo albums and scrapbooking accessories. Revenues are recorded net of estimated returns, promotions redeemed by customers and other discounts. Customers place orders via our website and pay primarily using credit cards.
       Our print revenues are derived from sales of our photo processing of digital images, including sales of 4x6 prints, and the related shipping revenues from these sales. Historically, average selling prices for prints have declined, and they may continue to decline in the future.
       Our non-print revenues are derived from the sale of photo-based products, photo-based merchandise and ancillary products, and the related shipping revenues from these sales. We believe our products and services are differentiated from other traditional photo processors by our personalized non-print photo-based products and merchandise, which are key to attracting and retaining customers.
       Historically, a substantial majority of our revenues have been derived in the United States. For the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, approximately 98% of our orders came from customers with billing addresses in the United States, representing approximately 97%, 98%, 98% and 98%, respectively, of our net revenues. We have in the past generated revenues from photo processing fulfillment services we provide to other online merchants as well as professional photographers. For the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, we generated less than 3%, 1%, 4% and 3%, respectively, of our net revenues from these fulfillment services.
       Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. In particular, we generate a disproportionate amount of our revenues during the holiday season in the fourth quarter of the calendar year. We also typically experience increases in revenues during other shopping-related seasonal events, such as Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, Halloween and Easter. We anticipate our revenues will continue to be subject to seasonality and therefore our financial results will vary significantly from period to period. Due to the relatively short lead time required to fulfill orders for our products, usually one to two business days, order backlog is not material to our business.

36


Table of Contents

       To further understand revenue trends, we monitor several key metrics including:
       Average Order Size. Average order size is net revenues for a given period of time divided by the total number of customer orders recorded during that same period. We seek to increase average order size as a means of increasing net revenues. Average order size has increased on an annual basis for each year since 2000, and we anticipate that this trend may continue in the future.
       Total Number of Orders. We closely monitor total number of orders as an indicator of revenue trends. We recognize the revenues associated with an order when the products have been shipped, consistent with our revenue recognition policy discussed in Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates below. Orders are typically processed and shipped within two business days after a customer places an order. Total number of orders has increased on an annual basis for each year since 2000, and we anticipate that this trend may continue in the future.
       Non-Print Revenues as Percentage of Net Revenues. We strive to increase our non-print revenues as a percentage of net revenues through the continued introduction and improvement of innovative quality products and services.
       We believe the analysis of these metrics provides us with important information on our overall revenue trends and operating results. Fluctuations in these metrics are not unusual and no single factor is determinative of our net revenues and operating results.
       Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues consist primarily of direct materials (the majority of which consists of paper), payroll and related expenses for direct labor, shipping charges, packaging supplies, distribution and fulfillment activities, rent for production facilities, depreciation of production equipment and third-party costs for photo-based merchandise. Cost of revenues also includes payroll and related expenses for personnel engaged in customer service. In addition, cost of revenues includes any third-party software or patents licensed, as well as the amortization of capitalized website development costs. We capitalize eligible costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use” and Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 00-02, “Accounting for Website Development Costs.” Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and amortized in cost of revenues over the product’s estimated useful life. We anticipate that our cost of revenues will increase in absolute dollars as we sell additional products but will remain generally consistent with historical periods on an annual basis as a percentage of net revenues.
       Technology and Development Expense. Technology and development expense consists primarily of personnel and related costs for employees and contractors engaged in the development and ongoing maintenance of our website, infrastructure and software. These expenses include depreciation of the computer and network hardware used to run our website and store the customer data that we maintain, as well as amortization of purchased software. Technology and development expense also includes colocation and bandwidth costs. We expect our technology and development expense will increase in absolute dollars and will increase slightly from 2004 and 2005 levels as a percentage of net revenues, and will thereafter remain generally constant on an annual basis as a percentage of net revenues.
       Sales and Marketing Expense. Sales and marketing expense consists of costs incurred for marketing programs and personnel and related expenses for our customer acquisition, product marketing, business development and public relations activities. Our marketing efforts consist of various online and offline media programs, such as e-mail and direct mail promotions, the purchase of keyword search terms and various strategic alliances. We depend on these efforts to attract customers to our service. We anticipate our sales and marketing expense will increase in absolute dollars but will remain generally consistent with historical periods on an annual basis as a percentage of net revenues.

37


Table of Contents

       General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense includes general corporate costs, including rent for our corporate offices, insurance, depreciation on information technology equipment and legal and accounting fees. In addition, general and administrative expense includes personnel expenses of employees involved in executive, finance, accounting, human resources, information technology and legal roles. Third-party payment processor and credit card fees are also included in general and administrative expense and have historically fluctuated based on revenues for the period. We expect our general and administrative expense will increase in the near to intermediate term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenues as we incur accounting and legal expenses associated with public reporting requirements and compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as increased costs for maintaining directors’ and officers’ insurance. On a longer-term basis, we anticipate that our general and administrative expense will decrease as a percentage of net revenues as we better leverage our administrative infrastructure.
       Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of interest costs recognized under our capital lease obligations and for borrowed money.
       Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the interest income on our cash accounts and the net income (expense) related to changes in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants under FASB Staff Position, or FSP 150-5, “Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable” adopted in July 2005. Under FSP 150-5, the warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any changes in fair value are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net.
       Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes depends on the statutory rate in the countries where we sell our products. Historically, we have only been subject to taxation in the United States because we have sold almost all of our products to customers in the United States. If we continue to sell our products primarily to customers located within the United States, we anticipate that our long-term future effective tax rate will be between 38% and 45%, without taking into account the use of any of our net operating loss carryforwards. However, we anticipate that in the future we may further expand our sale of products to customers located outside of the United States, in which case we would become subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates in the countries where these sales took place and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.
       Our fiscal year end for federal and state tax purposes is September 30. As of December 31, 2005, for federal and state tax purposes, we had approximately $57.0 million of federal and $53.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2008 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively.
       Historically, we have recorded a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, the majority of which relates to net operating loss tax carryforwards generated before we achieved profitability. During the fourth quarter of 2005, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of these deferred tax assets in the future. Consequently, we recognized a net tax benefit of $24.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 resulting primarily from the release of the entire net deferred tax valuation allowance.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
       Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates,

38


Table of Contents

and in other instances, changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation of our financial condition or results of operations will be affected.
       In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
       Revenue Recognition. We generate revenues primarily from the printing and shipping of prints, photo-based products, such as photo books, cards and calendars, photo-based merchandise, such as mugs, mouse pads and magnets, and ancillary products such as frames, photo albums and scrapbooking accessories. We generally recognize revenues from product sales upon shipment when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists (typically through the use of a credit card or receipt of a check), the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. Revenues from amounts billed to customers, including prepaid orders, are deferred until shipment of fulfilled orders. We provide our customers with a 100% satisfaction guarantee whereby products can be returned within a 30-day period for a reprint or refund. We maintain an allowance for estimated future returns based on historical data. The provision for estimated returns is included in accrued liabilities. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, returns totaled less than 1% of net revenues and have been within management’s expectations. We periodically provide incentive offers to our customers in exchange for setting up an account and to encourage purchases. Such offers include free products and percentage discounts on current purchases. Discounts, when accepted by customers, are treated as a reduction to the purchase price of the related transaction and are presented in net revenues. Production costs related to free products are included in costs of revenues upon redemption. Shipping charged to customers is recognized as revenues.
       Inventories. Our inventories consist primarily of paper and packaging supplies and are stated at the lower of cost on a first-in, first-out basis or market value. The value of inventories is reduced by an estimate for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventories is based upon management’s review of utilization of inventories in light of projected sales, current market conditions and market trends.
       Software and Website Development Costs. We capitalize eligible costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the AICPA Statement of Position No. 98-1 and EITF Issue No. 00-2. Accordingly, payroll and payroll-related costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and amortized over the product’s estimated useful life, which is generally three years. Costs associated with minor enhancements and maintenance for our website are expensed as incurred.
       Income Taxes. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by applying the statutory tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences between the financial reporting and tax filing bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to reverse. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We believe that all net deferred tax assets shown on our balance sheet are more likely than not to be realized in the future and no valuation allowance is necessary. In the event that actual results differ from those estimates or we adjust those estimates in future periods, we may need to record a valuation allowance, which will impact deferred tax assets and the results of operations in the period the change in made.

39


Table of Contents

       Stock-based Compensation Expense. Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic-value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issues to Employees,” and related interpretations, including Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25.” Under this method, compensation expense was recorded for a stock option grant only if the deemed fair value of the underlying common stock exceeded the exercise price on the date of grant.
       The fair value of the shares of common stock that underlie the stock options we have granted has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board has determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including our sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, trends in the broader e-commerce market and other similar technology stocks, arm’s length, third-party sales of our common stock and valuations preformed by an unrelated valuation specialist.
       For financial reporting purposes, in connection with the preparation of the audit of our 2005 financial statements, we reassessed the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options granted to our employees during 2005. This reassessment was based primarily on retrospective valuation reports prepared for us in May 2006 by an unrelated valuation specialist as of various dates during 2005. As a result, we recorded stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 to the extent that these reassessed values of the underlying common stock exceeded the exercise price of the stock options as of the initial grant date. This deferred stock-based compensation expense is amortized over the vesting period of the stock options and is included as a component of stock-based compensation.
       The following table shows the computation of stock-based compensation amounts arising from the reassessed fair value of stock options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2005:
                                 
    Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,
    2005   2005   2005   2005
                 
Stock options granted to employees
    1,345,896       621,050       352,761       52,500  
Weighted average exercise price for common share
  $ 5.00     $ 5.50     $ 5.50     $ 7.39  
Weighted average reassessed value of underlying common shares
  $ 5.60     $ 6.00     $ 6.76     $ 9.35  
Weighted average intrinsic value per common share
  $ 0.60     $ 0.50     $ 1.26     $ 1.96  
Deferred stock-based compensation recorded
  $ 0.8  million     $ 0.3  million     $ 0.4  million     $ 0.1  million  
       After taking into consideration these reassessed fair values of our common stock, in June 2006 our board of directors authorized us to seek from those employees who were granted options in January 2005 through October 2005 their consent to amend their options to increase the applicable exercise price from the initial grant price to the corresponding reassessed value as of the date of grant. We sought this consent from our employees in June 2006 to help them avoid potential adverse personal income tax consequences. Because this modification relates to individual taxation and not corporate accounting, there will be no impact on stock-based compensation that we recorded in 2005 and we believe the effect on 2006 or any future periods will not be significant, regardless of the number of employees who elect to amend their options.
       The total unamortized deferred stock-based compensation recorded for all outstanding option grants made through December 31, 2005 was approximately $1.6 million, and is expected to be amortized as follows: $1.0 million in 2006, $0.4 million in 2007, $0.1 million in 2008 and the balance in 2009.

40


Table of Contents

       Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” using the prospective transition method, which requires us to apply the provisions of SFAS 123R only to new awards granted, and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled, after the effective date. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense recognized beginning January 1, 2006 is based on the following: (a) the grant-date fair value of stock option awards granted or modified after January 1, 2006; and (b) the balance of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, which was calculated using the intrinsic value method as previously permitted under APB Opinion No. 25.
       For the three months ended March 31, 2006, the total compensation cost related to stock-based awards granted under SFAS 123R to employees and directors but not yet recognized was approximately $0.9 million, net of estimated forfeitures of $0.1 million. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately four years. Amortization in the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $50,000. Net loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2006 would have been reduced by $(0.01) per share if we had not adopted SFAS No. 123R.
Results of Operations
       The following table presents our historical results for the periods indicated as a percentage of net revenues:
                                         
                Three
        Months
    Year Ended   Ended
    December 31,   March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)
Net revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of revenues
    46 %     46 %     44 %     49 %     52 %
                               
Gross profit
    54 %     54 %     56 %     51 %     48 %
Operating expenses:
                                       
Technology and development
    16 %     14 %     16 %     18 %     24 %
Sales and marketing
    13 %     14 %     18 %     17 %     22 %
General and administrative
    18 %     19 %     16 %     21 %     20 %
                               
Income (loss) from operations
    7 %     7 %     6 %     (5 )%     (18 )%
Interest expense
    1 %     1 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
Other income (expense), net
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     3 %
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    6 %     6 %     6 %     (5 )%     (15 )%
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    0 %     0 %     29 %     0 %     5 %
                               
Net income (loss)
    6 %     6 %     35 %     (5 )%     (10 )%
                               
Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 (Unaudited)
                         
    Three Months    
    Ended March 31,    
         
    2005   2006   % Change
             
    (In thousands)    
Net revenues
  $ 13,156     $ 16,883       28 %
Cost of revenues
    6,446       8,749       36 %
       Net revenues increased $3.7 million, or 28%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Revenue growth was attributable to the increase in both print and non-print revenues. Print revenues increased from $9.3 million for the three months ended

41


Table of Contents

March 31, 2005 to $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $1.2 million, or 13%. Print revenues were positively affected by increased 4×6 print sales and negatively affected by a decrease in 4×6 print average selling prices due to competitive pricing pressures, as we reduced the list price of our 4×6 prints from $0.29 to $0.19 in the fourth quarter of 2005. Non-print revenues increased from $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 to $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, an increase of $2.5 million, or 64%. Net revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was positively affected by increased sales of photo books, calendars and greeting cards. Total orders increased from 734,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 to 981,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006, or 34%. Average order size decreased from approximately $18 per order for the three months ended March 31, 2005 to $17 per order for the three months ended March 31, 2006, due primarily to lower 4×6 print average selling prices.
       Cost of revenues increased $2.3 million, or 36%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006, driven by the increased volume of shipped products during this period. Cost of revenues as a percent of net revenues increased by 3% to 52%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was the result of the decline in 4×6 print average selling prices, partially offset by the favorable impact of lower paper prices that we negotiated, as well as the reorganization of our workflows to achieve greater efficiencies, each of which occurred during the third and fourth quarters of 2005.
                         
    Three Months    
    Ended    
    March 31,    
         
    2005   2006   % Change
             
    (In thousands)    
Technology and development expense
  $ 2,311     $ 3,983       72 %
Sales and marketing expense
    2,275       3,693       62 %
General and administrative expense
    2,818       3,397       21 %
       Our technology and development expense increased $1.7 million, or 72%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was attributable to increased personnel and related costs for employees involved with website development and website infrastructure support teams, which increased by $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006, as well as increased third-party hosting expenses which increased by $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. We also continued to invest in our website infrastructure hardware to support our continued revenue growth, which resulted in increased depreciation expense of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation from employee grants were $92,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to $143,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
       Our sales and marketing expense increased $1.4 million, or 62%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Personnel and related costs increased by $0.5 million and our customer acquisition and promotion costs increased by $0.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $44,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to $87,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
       Our general and administrative expense increased by $0.6 million, or 21%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Personnel and related costs increased by $0.3 million while legal and accounting costs decreased by $0.5 million from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Rent and related facilities charges increased by $0.2 million and recruiting costs increased by $0.2 million from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006. In addition,

42


Table of Contents

charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. Payment processing fees paid to third parties increased by $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006 due to increased order volumes.
       Interest expense increased by $24,000, or 44%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006, due primarily to interest expense on additional capitalized lease obligations.
       Other income (expense), net increased by $410,000, or 631%, from the three months ended March 31, 2005 to the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to larger invested cash balances and higher interest rates.
       The provision for income taxes was $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 compared to a benefit of $874,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 due to changes in our effective tax rate as a result of releasing our valuation allowance in the fourth quarter of 2005.
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   2003-2004   2004-2005
        %   %
    2003   2004   2005   Change   Change
                     
    (In thousands)        
Net revenues
  $ 31,395     $ 54,499     $ 83,902       74 %     54 %
Cost of revenues
    14,310       24,878       36,941       74 %     48 %
       Net revenues increased $29.4 million, or 54%, from 2004 to 2005, attributable to the increase in both print and non-print revenues. Print revenues increased from $35.6 million in 2004 to $48.7 million in 2005, an increase of $13.1 million or 37%. Print revenues were positively affected by increased 4×6 print sales and negatively affected by a decrease in 4×6 print average selling prices due to competitive pricing pressures. Non-print revenues increased from $18.9 million in 2004 to $35.2 million in 2005, an increase of $16.3 million, or 86%. 2005 represented the first full year of photo book sales, and we also added photo-based merchandise to our product offering. Total orders increased from 2,618,000 in 2004 to 3,650,000 in 2005, or 39%. The overall growth during the period was driven by increases in average order sizes. Average order size increased from approximately $21 per order in 2004 to $23 per order in 2005.
       Net revenues increased $23.1 million, or 74%, from 2003 to 2004, attributable to an increase in print revenues and the addition of new non-print photo-based products. Print revenues increased from $22.7 million in 2003 to $35.6 million in 2004, an increase of $12.9 million, or 57%. Print revenues were positively affected by increased 4×6 print sales and negatively affected by a decrease in 4×6 print average selling prices due to competitive pricing pressures. Non-print revenues increased from $8.7 million in 2003 to $18.9 million in 2004, an increase of $10.2 million, or 117%. During 2004, we introduced hardcover and softcover photo books and began selling a variety of photo-based merchandise, including mugs and mouse pads. Total orders increased from 1,691,000 in 2003 to 2,618,000 in 2004, or 55%. The overall growth during the period was also driven by increases in average order sizes and revenues from repeat customers. Average order size increased from approximately $19 per order in 2003 to $21 per order in 2004.
       Cost of revenues increased by $12.1 million, or 48%, from 2004 to 2005, driven by the increased volume of shipped products during this period. Cost of revenues as a percent of net revenues decreased by 2% to 44% from 2004 to 2005. This improvement was driven by labor and production efficiencies which offset a decline in 4×6 average selling prices. During the fourth quarter holiday season, we employ a significant amount of temporary workers through several temporary staffing agencies, and in 2005, we were able to negotiate savings in these staffing costs. During

43


Table of Contents

2005, we also negotiated lower paper prices and reorganized our workflows to achieve greater efficiencies.
       Cost of revenues increased by $10.6 million, or 74%, from 2003 to 2004, driven by the increased volume of shipped products during this period. The 74% increase in cost of revenues during 2004 matched the 74% increase in net revenues during the same period. Cost of revenues as a percent of net revenues also remained the same from 2003 to 2004 at 46% of net revenues. We were able to offset a decline in 4×6 average selling prices with improved labor and overhead cost efficiencies.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   2003-2004   2004-2005
        %   %
    2003   2004   2005   Change   Change
                     
    (In thousands)        
Technology and development expense
  $ 4,970     $ 7,433     $ 13,152       50 %     77 %
Sales and marketing expense
    3,991       7,705       15,252       93 %     98 %
General and administrative expense
    5,629       10,126       13,657       80 %     35 %
       Our technology and development expense increased $5.7 million, or 77%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase was attributable to increased personnel and related costs for employees and consultants involved with website development and website infrastructure support teams, which increased by $2.4 million in 2005, as well as increased third-party hosting expenses which increased by $0.7 million in 2005. We also continued to invest in our website infrastructure to support our continued revenue growth, which resulted in increased depreciation expense of $1.5 million for 2005. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation from employee grants were $263,000 in 2004, compared to $826,000 in 2005.
       Our technology and development expense increased $2.5 million, or 50%, from 2003 to 2004. The increase was attributable to increased personnel and related costs for employees involved with website development and website infrastructure support teams, which increased by $1.0 million in 2004, as well as increased third-party hosting expenses which increased $0.1 million in 2004. We also continued to invest in our website infrastructure to support our continued revenue growth, which resulted in increased depreciation expense of $0.6 million for 2004. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $32,000 in 2003, compared to $263,000 in 2004.
       Our sales and marketing expense increased $7.5 million, or 98%, from 2004 to 2005. Personnel and related costs increased by $1.1 million in 2005 and our customer acquisition and promotion costs increased by $4.4 million in 2005 as we increased our online and offline advertising, survey and research activities. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $117,000 in 2004, compared to $239,000 in 2005.
       Our sales and marketing expense increased $3.7 million, or 93%, from 2003 to 2004. Personnel and related costs increased by $0.6 million in 2004 and our customer acquisition and promotion costs increased by $2.3 million in 2004. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $11,000 in 2003, compared to $117,000 in 2004.
       Our general and administrative expense increased by $3.5 million, or 35%, from 2004 to 2005. Personnel and related costs increased by $0.8 million and legal and accounting costs increased $0.5 million over 2004 expenditures. Recruiting costs increased by $0.6 million due to increased hiring and depreciation increased $0.4 million related to our information technology equipment from 2004 to 2005. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $1.8 million in 2004, compared to $2.2 million in 2005. Payment processing fees paid to third parties also increased by $0.9 million in 2005 due to increased order volumes.

44


Table of Contents

       Our general and administrative expense increased by $4.5 million, or 80%, from 2003 to 2004. We increased our headcount in our finance organization, which contributed to the $0.7 million increase in personnel and related costs. Legal and accounting costs also increased $0.8 million over 2003 expenditures. In addition, charges from the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee grants were $124,000 in 2003, compared to $1.8 million in 2004. Payment processing fees paid to third parties also increased by $0.5 million in 2004 due to increased order volumes.
       Interest expense decreased by $104,000, or 22%, from 2004 to 2005, due to the repayment of a loan from Monaco Partners, L.P., which is controlled by James Clark, the Chairman of our board of directors, in 2004. Interest expense in 2005 also included amounts representing interest expense on capitalized lease obligations and interest expense and related loan fees for a term loan entered into and repaid during 2005.
       Interest expense increased by $79,000, or 20%, from 2003 to 2004, due to amounts representing interest expense on capitalized lease obligations, as well as the amortization of warrants issued to Monaco Partners, L.P. that was recorded as a discount to the loan from Monaco Partners, L.P.
       Other income (expense), net decreased by $184,000, or 227%, from 2004 to 2005, due to larger invested cash balances and higher interest rates, offset by $464,000 of expense related to changes in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants under FSP 150-5.
       Other income, net increased by $72,000 from 2003 to 2004, due to larger invested cash balances and higher interest rates.
                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Income tax benefit (provision)
  $ (68 )   $ (258 )   $ 24,060  
Effective tax rate
    (3 )%     (7 )%     494 %
       In 2003 and 2004, we recorded a provision for income taxes that was principally attributable to California state taxes and other minimum corporate taxes. In those periods, we offset our remaining taxable income through the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we determined that it would be more likely than not that the cumulative net operating losses and other deferred tax benefits would be recoverable by us, creating a $24.1 million income tax benefit due to the deferred tax asset recorded on our balance sheet at the end of 2005.

45


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations Data
       The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and our unaudited statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for each of the nine quarters in the period ended March 31, 2006. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.
                                                                           
    For the Three Months Ended,
     
    Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,
    2004   2004   2004   2004   2005   2005   2005   2005   2006
                                     
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                                       
Revenues, net
  $ 7,761     $ 9,180     $ 11,587     $ 25,971     $ 13,156     $ 14,115     $ 15,610     $ 41,021     $ 16,883  
Cost of revenues
    3,604       4,230       5,321       11,723       6,446       6,804       6,809       16,882       8,749  
                                                       
Gross profit
    4,157       4,950       6,266       14,248       6,710       7,311       8,801       24,139       8,134  
Operating expenses:
                                                                       
Technology and development(1)
    1,509       1,438       1,981       2,505       2,311       2,755       3,708       4,378       3,983  
Sales and marketing(1)
    1,103       905       1,761       3,936       2,275       2,879       3,755       6,343       3,693  
General and administrative(1)
    1,492       1,835       2,594       4,205       2,818       2,372       2,802       5,665       3,397  
                                                       
Income (loss) from operations
    53       772       (70 )     3,602       (694 )     (695 )     (1,464 )     7,753       (2,939 )
Interest expense
    (125 )     (104 )     (98 )     (144 )     (54 )     (47 )     (83 )     (183 )     (78 )
Other income (expense), net
    8       14       23       36       65       66       (103 )     (131 )     475  
                                                       
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (64 )     682       (145 )     3,494       (683 )     (676 )     (1,650 )     7,439       (2,542 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
          (16 )           (242 )           68       (68 )     24,060       874  
                                                       
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (64 )   $ 666     $ (145 )   $ 3,252     $ (683 )   $ (608 )   $ (1,718 )   $ 31,499     $ (1,668 )
                                                       
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                                        442              
Net income (loss)
  $ (64 )   $ 666     $ (145 )   $ 3,252     $ (683 )   $ (608 )   $ (1,276 )   $ 31,499     $ (1,668 )
                                                       
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ (64 )   $     $ (145 )   $ 333     $ (683 )   $ (608 )   $ (1,276 )   $ 6,372     $ (1,668 )
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.04 )   $     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.12     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 1.78     $ (0.44 )
 
Diluted
    (0.04 )           (0.06 )     0.09       (0.23 )     (0.19 )     (0.38 )     1.23       (0.44 )
 
Pro forma basic
                                                                    (0.09 )
 
Pro forma diluted
                                                                    (0.09 )
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                                                       
 
Basic
    1,732       2,167       2,317       2,708       2,918       3,161       3,366       3,576       3,805  
 
Diluted
    1,732       2,167       2,317       3,720       2,918       3,161       3,366       5,183       3,805  
 
Pro forma basic
                                                                    17,607  
 
Pro forma diluted
                                                                    17,607  

46


Table of Contents

 
(1)  Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                                                                         
    For the Three Months Ended,
     
    Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,
    2004   2004   2004   2004   2005   2005   2005   2005   2006
                                     
    (In thousands)
Cost of revenues
  $ 3     $ 3     $ 7     $ 8     $ 8     $ 6     $ 4     $ 10     $ 11  
Technology and development
    33       32       98       100       92       90       447       197       143  
Sales and marketing
    7       11       50       49       44       72       47       76       87  
General and administration
    35       39       679       1,037       517       263       219       1,218       170  
                                                       
    $ 78     $ 85     $ 834     $ 1,194     $ 661     $ 431     $ 717     $ 1,501     $ 411  
                                                       
                                                                         
    For the Three Months Ended,
     
    Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,
    2004   2004   2004   2004   2005   2005   2005   2005   2006
                                     
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                                       
Net revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of revenues
    46 %     46 %     46 %     45 %     49 %     48 %     44 %     41 %     52 %
                                                       
Gross profit
    54 %     54 %     54 %     55 %     51 %     52 %     56 %     59 %     48 %
Operating expenses:
                                                                       
Technology and development
    19 %     16 %     17 %     10 %     18 %     20 %     24 %     11 %     24 %
Sales and marketing
    14 %     10 %     15 %     15 %     17 %     20 %     24 %     15 %     22 %
General and administrative
    19 %     20 %     22 %     16 %     21 %     17 %     18 %     14 %     20 %
                                                       
Income (loss) from operations
    2 %     8 %     0 %     14 %     (5 )%     (5 )%     (10 )%     19 %     (18 )%
Interest expense
    2 %     1 %     1 %     1 %     0 %     0 %     1 %     0 %     0 %
Other income (expense), net
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     (1 )%     0 %     3 %
                                                       
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0 %     7 %     (1 )%     13 %     (5 )%     (5 )%     (12 )%     19 %     (15 )%
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    0 %     0 %     (0 )%     (1 )%     0 %     0 %     0 %     59 %     5 %
                                                       
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0 %     7 %     (1 )%     12 %     (5 )%     (5 )%     (12 )%     78 %     (10 )%
                                                       
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     3 %     0 %     0 %
Net income (loss)
    0 %     7 %     (1 )%     12 %     (5 )%     (5 )%     (9 )%     78 %     (10 )%
       Our quarterly results of operations have varied significantly in the past and we expect our quarterly operating results to vary significantly in the future. Our business is seasonal, with a high proportion of our revenues and operating cash flows generated during the holiday season in the fourth quarter of the calendar year when people take more pictures and order more photo-based products and merchandise. We incur significant additional expenses in the period leading up to the fourth quarter holiday season in anticipation of higher sales volume in that period, including expenses related to the hiring of temporary workers to meet our seasonal needs, additional inventory and equipment purchases and increased advertising. During the fourth quarter, we also incur significant additional sales and marketing costs to promote our offerings for the holidays and attract customers. Our quarterly revenues and results of operations are also affected by factors such as the timing of expenditures and the mix of products and services sold.
       The increases in our net revenues for the quarters ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 are attributable to our overall growth as well as the seasonality of our business related to the fourth quarter holiday season. In the quarters ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, our cost of revenues were higher as a percentage of net revenues than the prior quarters due to the decline in 4x6 print average selling prices as well as increased depreciation from production equipment acquired during the preceding quarter. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded $0.8 million of stock-based compensation expense in general and administrative expense related to a transition agreement with an executive and a settlement agreement with a former employee. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we recorded $1.0 million of stock-based compensation expense in general and

47


Table of Contents

administrative expense related to a transition agreement with another executive. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we determined that it would be more likely than not that our cumulative net operating losses and other deferred tax benefits would be recoverable by us, creating a $24.1 million income tax benefit.
       In the third quarter of 2005, we adopted FSP 150-5. FSP 150-5 affirms that the outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are subject to the requirements in SFAS No. 150, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or the redemption price, and requires us to classify these warrants on our preferred stock as liabilities and adjust our warrant instruments to fair value at each reporting period. We recorded a $442,000 cumulative charge for adoption as of July 1, 2005, reflecting the fair value of the warrants as of that date, and recorded $159,000, $304,000 and $122,000 of additional expense in other income (expense), net in the quarters ended September 30, 2005, December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, respectively, to reflect the increase in fair value of the warrants.
       Our results of operations for any historical period are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for any future period.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
                                         
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows Data:
                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ 3,674     $ 7,400     $ 10,858     $ 1,201     $ 1,764  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,761       3,769       6,246       1,280       2,176  
Cash flows from operating activities
    9,113       13,067       18,606       (2,817 )     (10,694 )
Cash flows from investing activities
    (3,674 )     (7,386 )     (10,613 )     (1,195 )     (1,764 )
Cash flows from financing activities
    1,573       (2,570 )     17,379       (625 )     (628 )
       Historically we have financed our operations and capital expenditures through operations, private sales of preferred stock, lease financing and the use of bank and related-party loans. We had cash and cash equivalents of $26.1 million as of March 31, 2006, a decrease from $39.2 million as of December 31, 2005. The decrease in our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2006 was due primarily to the payment of our seasonally high accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances at December 31, 2005. In January 2006, we also made a $1.0 million payment pursuant to an intellectual property settlement and license agreement. The December 31, 2005 cash balance represented an increase of $25.4 million from the December 31, 2004 cash balance of $13.8 million. The increase in cash as of December 31, 2005 was primarily attributable to the issuance of shares of our Series F preferred stock for net proceeds of $19.8 million in November 2005.
       Operating Activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, net cash used in operations of $10.7 million resulted from a net loss of $1.7 million, which was offset by $2.2 million of depreciation and amortization expense and $0.4 million of non-cash amortization of stock-based compensation. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2006, cash was used in operating activities to fund accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $10.7 million resulting from seasonally high balances at December 31, 2005 related to our increased purchasing for the holiday season.
       In 2005, net cash provided from operating activities of $18.6 million resulted from net income of $28.9 million that was adjusted for $6.2 million of depreciation and amortization and $3.3 million of non-cash amortization of stock-based compensation. In addition, net cash from operating activities increased due to a $4.1 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to seasonally high balances at December 31, 2005 related to increased purchasing for the fourth

48


Table of Contents

quarter holiday season. Accounts payable and accrued liability balances were higher as of December 31, 2005 compared to as of December 31, 2004 due to higher sales in the 2005 fourth quarter holiday season.
       In 2004, net cash provided from operating activities of $13.1 million resulted from net income of $3.7 million that was adjusted for $3.8 million of depreciation and amortization and $2.2 million of non-cash amortization of stock-based compensation. In addition, net cash from operating activities increased due to a $2.6 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a result of seasonally high balances at December 31, 2004 related to increased purchasing for the fourth quarter holiday season. Accounts payable and accrued liability balances were higher as of December 31, 2004 compared to as of December 31, 2003 due to higher sales in the 2004 fourth quarter holiday season.
       Investing Activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million for capital expenditures for computer and network hardware to support our website infrastructure and information technology computer hardware, as well as capitalized website development costs related to projects that were placed into service.
       In 2004 and 2005, cash used in investing activities was $7.4 million and $10.6 million, respectively, primarily from the acquisition of computer and network hardware to support our website infrastructure and production equipment for our manufacturing and production operations at our Hayward, California facilities.
       We expect to have ongoing capital expenditure requirements to support our growing website infrastructure and to meet production and manufacturing requirements. We expect capital expenditures to be between $30 million and $35 million in the second half of 2006 and through 2007.
       Financing Activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, we used $0.6 million primarily for the payment of capitalized lease obligations.
       In 2005, we generated cash of $17.4 million, primarily the result of receiving net proceeds of $19.8 million from the sale of our Series F preferred stock in November 2005. This increase in cash was offset by $2.4 million in principal payments on capital lease obligations.
       In 2004, we used $2.6 million of cash, which was due to the repayment of a $2.5 million loan from Monaco Partners and $0.5 million in principal payments on capital lease obligations.
Contractual Obligations
       We lease website infrastructure computer and network hardware, production equipment, information technology equipment and software under various capital leases that expire through the year 2009. We also lease office space in Redwood City, California and production facilities in Hayward, California under various non-cancelable operating leases that expire between 2007 and 2010. We also have a colocation agreement with a third-party hosting facility that expires in 2006.

49


Table of Contents

       The following are contractual commitments at December 31, 2005 associated with lease obligations and contractual commitments:
                                           
        Less than           More than
    Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   5 Years
                     
    (In thousands)
Contractual Obligations
                                       
Capital lease obligations
  $ 5,626     $ 1,669     $ 3,474     $ 483     $  
Operating lease obligations
    5,997       1,132       2,652       2,213        
Purchase obligations(1)
    2,820       2,820                    
Preferred stock warrant liability(2)
    1,535                         1,535  
                               
 
Total contractual obligations
  $ 15,978     $ 5,621     $ 6,126     $ 2,696     $ 1,535  
                               
 
(1)  Purchase obligations includes commitments under non-cancellable marketing agreements, software patent license agreements and third-party hosting services. In January 2006, we entered into a three-year non-cancelable agreement with a new third party for colocation and hosting services that expires in 2009. The purchase obligations do not reflect the new colocation agreement as it was entered into subsequent to December 31, 2005. As a result of this new colocation agreement, our purchase obligations increased by $4.3 million, representing an increase of $1.0 million due less than one year, $3.1 million due in one to three years, and $0.2 million due in three to five years.
 
(2)  Upon the completion of this offering, all of our warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified as common stock and additional paid-in capital.
       Other than the obligations, liabilities and commitments described above, we have no significant unconditional purchase obligations or similar instruments. We are not a guarantor of any other entities’ debt or other financial obligations.
       We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents balances and cash generated from operations, along with the net proceeds we receive from this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements, capital lease obligations, expansion plans and technology development projects for at least the next 18 months. The adequacy of these resources to meeting our liquidity needs beyond that period will depend on our growth, operating results and the capital expenditures required to meet possible increased demand for our products. If we require additional capital resources to grow our business internally or to acquire complementary technologies and businesses at any time in the future, we may seek to sell additional equity. The sale of additional equity could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Financing arrangements may not be available to us, or may not be in amounts or on terms acceptable to us.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
       We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not have any undisclosed borrowings or debt, and we have not entered into any synthetic leases. We are, therefore, not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
       In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, handling costs and

50


Table of Contents

wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, the new rule requires that such items be recognized as current-period charges, regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. The statement was adopted as of January 1, 2006, and did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
       In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or APB, No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” (“SFAS No. 154”). This statement requires retrospective application, unless impracticable, for changes in accounting principles in the absence of transition requirements specific to newly adopted accounting principles. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 will be effective for us beginning on September 1, 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, of this statement on our financial position and results of operations.
       In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP SFAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“FSP 115-1 and 124-1”), which clarifies when an investment is considered impaired, whether the impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. It also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain related disclosures. FSP 115-1 and 124-1 will be effective for all reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe that adopting or applying either standard will have a material impact on our financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
       Interest Rate and Credit Risk. We have exposure to interest rate risk that relates primarily to our investment portfolio. All of our current investments are classified as cash equivalents and carried at cost, which approximates market value. We do not currently use or plan to use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. The risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to our investment portfolio and we do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates will have a significant impact on our interest income, operating results or liquidity.
       As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, our cash and cash equivalents were maintained by financial institutions in the United States and our deposits may be in excess of insured limits. We believe that the financial institutions that hold our investments are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these investments.
       Inflation. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

51


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Overview
       We are a leading Internet-based social expression and personal publishing service that enables consumers to share, print and preserve their memories by leveraging our technology-based platform and manufacturing processes. Today, our primary focus is on helping consumers manage their memories through the powerful medium of photos. We provide a full range of products and services that make it easy, convenient and fun for consumers to upload, edit, enhance, organize, find, share, create, print and preserve their digital photos in a creative and thoughtful manner.
       Consumers use our products and services to stay connected to their friends and family, to organize their memories in a single location, to tell stories and to preserve their memories for themselves and their children. Our customers purchase physical products both for their own personal use and for giving thoughtful and personalized gifts such as photo books, calendars, greeting cards and other photo-based products and merchandise.
       We currently generate revenues by selling high-quality prints, ranging in size from wallet to jumbo sized 20x30 enlargements and photo-based products such as professionally-bound photo books, personalized calendars and greeting cards. We manufacture all of these items in our Hayward, California manufacturing facility. By controlling the production process in this facility, we are able to ensure high-quality products, maintain a favorable cost structure and ensure timely shipment to customers, even during peak demand. Additionally, we sell a variety of photo-based merchandise that is currently manufactured for us by third parties, such as mugs, mouse pads, coasters, tote bags, desk organizers, puzzles, playing cards, multi-media DVDs, magnets and keepsake boxes, and ancillary products, such as frames, photo albums and scrapbooking accessories.
       Our high-quality products and services, together with our focus on continuous innovation, have earned us numerous third-party accolades and, more importantly, allowed us to establish a premium lifestyle brand that is trusted by our customers. We believe that we realize the benefits of a trusted lifestyle brand through high customer loyalty, low customer acquisition costs and premium pricing.
       Our customers are a central part of our business model. They generate most of the content on our service by uploading their photos and storing their memories. In addition, they share their photos electronically with their friends and families, extending and endorsing our brand and creating a sense of community. Finally, by giving Shutterfly branded products to colleagues, friends and loved ones throughout the year, customers reinforce the Shutterfly brand. Through these various activities, our customers create a viral network of new users and customers.
       In addition to driving lower customer acquisition costs through viral marketing, our customers provide input on new features and functionalities. Close, frequent customer interactions, coupled with significant investments in sophisticated customer relationship management, or CRM, capabilities, enable us to fine-tune and tailor our promotions and website presentation to specific customer segments. Consequently, customers are presented with a highly personalized Shutterfly shopping experience, which helps foster a unique and deep relationship with our brand.
       We have experienced significant growth since launching our service in December 1999. Since inception, we have fulfilled more than 11 million orders, sold approximately 350 million prints and stored more than 900 million of our consumers’ photos in our image archives. According to industry sources, in May 2006, Shutterfly.com had approximately 4.1 million unique visitors.
Vision and Mission
       Our vision is to make the world a better place by helping people share life’s joy. Our mission is to build an unrivaled service that enables deeper, more personal relationships between our customers and those who matter most in their lives.

52


Table of Contents

       We believe that people have an intrinsic desire for social expression, as they wish to capture and share their experiences and pass them on to future generations. Since the beginning of humankind, people have shared detailed stories of their lives through visual expression. Today, with the evolution of digital cameras and technology, millions of people around the world are capturing their memories and communicating in deeper, more meaningful ways.
       We believe people will continue to take more pictures of important moments in their lives across various touch points throughout the year, including vacations, weddings, birthdays, graduations, family reunions and holidays. Our products and services make sharing, printing and preserving those memories easy, convenient and fun, and allow for our customers to be more thoughtful and creative with their memories. As our customers share these joyous memories, either digitally through our sharing service or physically through giving personalized gifts, they are enhancing their personal relationships, creating more joy in the world and making the world a better place.
Industry Overview
       Historically, preserving photos and creating original, thoughtful compilations of memories was a difficult, expensive, manual, time-consuming and often inconvenient process for consumers. As a result of these constraints, the need for easy, convenient, versatile, affordable and trusted online photo services has emerged.
       Until the widespread adoption of the Internet and digital cameras, there were significant inefficiencies and quality limitations associated with capturing, developing, processing, storing, editing and sharing images. Photos had to be stored in physical form and were vulnerable to deterioration, destruction or loss. Most people chose the limited option of storing their 4x6 prints in shoeboxes or simple photo albums because photography-related markets — including film processing, photo printing and scrapbooking — either did not exist or were relatively distinct. In particular, convenient options for photo production, storage and sharing were very limited; consumers had to settle for ordering duplicate 4x6 prints from either mail-order or local processing labs with varied capabilities and often poor quality control. Furthermore, the “shoebox” approach created significant difficulties for consumers in organizing their photos and limited their ability to be thoughtful and creative with their memories. The photo-related industries had not found a way to capitalize on the public’s need to preserve memories across generations in a secure, convenient, creative and engaging manner. Despite these limitations, the photo-finishing market was more than a $6 billion industry in 2000.
       Internet and digital photo-based technology enables consumers to create an archive of memories that extends beyond photos to include highly personalized, more engaging solutions that can be protected and preserved for future generations. We believe that the key forces driving the expansion of the market for these solutions are:
  •  Proliferation of digital cameras. The growing use of digital cameras, largely driven by price decreases, has increased the demand for online photo-printing services. Industry sources estimate that in 2005, worldwide shipments of digital cameras reached approximately 94 million units, a 27% increase from the approximately 74 million units shipped in 2004. The United States accounted for more than 20 million of those units shipped in 2005, with the penetration of digital cameras reaching nearly half of U.S. households.
 
  •  Penetration of high-speed connectivity. High-bandwidth, high-speed Internet access has spurred the integration of the Internet into daily life and provides consumers with improved performance and speed for sharing information, especially large files such as digital images. Industry sources estimate that by the end of 2006, there will be more than 1 billion Internet users worldwide. Another industry source estimates that in 2004, nearly 204 million Americans, representing approximately 75% of the U.S. population, had access to the Internet in their homes. In addition, more Internet users now have high-speed Internet

53


Table of Contents

  access. Industry sources estimate that by the end of 2006, approximately 63% of all online U.S. households will have broadband Internet connectivity.
 
  •  Increasing convenience and quality of online photo services. Online photo services provide multiple advantages over at-home or retail printing. Although it enables instantaneous printing, at-home photo printing requires an investment in a printer, photo paper and ink, resulting in a much higher cost per print. In addition, the quality rendered is usually inferior compared to commercially produced prints. Retail printing, while offering higher quality than at-home printing, requires the consumer to make a trip to the retail establishment to pick up his or her prints. Both at-home and retail solutions can produce prints of inconsistent quality, have a limited variety of photo-based products and few or no personalization options, and require the consumer to handle shipping or delivery of the product to the final recipient, often with additional costs in time and money. In contrast, online photo services can conveniently provide a wide variety of customized, high-quality photo-based products delivered anywhere directly to consumers’ doorsteps.
 
  •  Growing consumer desire to find an easy, hassle-free way to generate personalized content. Consumers are interested in creating highly customized and personalized photo-based products and merchandise to preserve their precious memories, express their creativity and make gift giving more personal and thoughtful. Improvements in software and editing tools have enabled consumers to modify their photos quickly and easily using a personal computer. Consumers are now able to create digital compilations of memories that were previously only possible through a physical and more time-consuming process.
 
  •  Participation in online communities. Consumers have increasingly become comfortable with using the Internet as a forum for sharing and publishing information in open or permission-based networks. Many of the most popular online communities include user generated rich-media content like photos and videos because of the inherent power that visual content has to communicate beyond the written word.

Addressable Market
       Digital cameras, digital image processing and the Internet have dramatically changed the photo-related services market, and have created entirely new ways for consumers to capture, edit, enhance, organize, find, share, create, print and preserve images. In particular, the range and quality of printed photos, photo-based products, photo-based merchandise and ancillary products has expanded and improved significantly, while associated production costs and the time required to create this output have decreased dramatically. Consequently, companies like Shutterfly are now addressing a larger portion of the consumer value chain and multiple, large markets in ways not possible with earlier technology.
       We currently address several adjacent markets related to consumers’ desire to be thoughtful and creative with their memories. These include, but are not limited to:
  •  Photo prints. Industry sources estimate the worldwide market for digital photo prints to be approximately $38 billion in 2005 and growing to approximately $107 billion in 2009, and the U.S. market for digital photo prints to be approximately $10 billion in 2005 and growing to approximately $30 billion in 2009. In addition, industry sources predict that in the United States, photos ordered over the Internet for mail delivery will grow from approximately $424 million in 2005 to approximately $1.9 billion in 2009.
 
  •  Greeting cards. According to the Greeting Card Association’s website, U.S. consumers purchase approximately 7 billion greeting cards each year, generating nearly $7.5 billion in retail sales. More than 90 percent of all U.S. households buy greeting cards, with the average household purchasing 30 individual cards per year. This website also reports that nine out of ten Americans say they look forward to receiving personal letters and greeting

54


Table of Contents

  cards because cards allow them to keep in touch with friends and family and make them feel they are important to someone else.
 
  •  Scrapbooks. According to a 2004 survey by Creating Keepsakes and Craftrends magazine, the U.S. scrapbook industry was approximately $2.55 billion in 2004, up 27.8% from 2001. Additionally, approximately 61% of scrapbookers have at least a college degree and spend almost three hours a week assembling their memories into scrapbooks.
 
  •  Calendars. In a 2002 guide published by the Calendar Marketing Association, it estimated that 500 million calendars are produced annually in the United States and that approximately 98% of American households have at least one calendar.
 
  •  Photo-based merchandise. Photo-based merchandise is a substantial market opportunity that includes any product that can be customized with the imprint of a digital image. Photo-based merchandise includes, but is not limited to, mugs, mouse pads, bags, puzzles, playing cards and apparel.

       The addressable market for our products and services includes every person who enjoys the memories created by digital photographic devices such as cameras, camera cell phones or camcorders. Although photofinishing products and services are purchased by a broad consumer base, we believe that women, in particular, play a key role in many photo-based purchasing decisions. The U.S. Census Bureau reports that there, were approximately 42 million women age 25-44 in 2005, and, according to industry sources during 2002, more than 85% of women 18 years and older identified themselves as the principal shopper in their household. Securing the loyalty of this core consumer base represents a sizable market opportunity.
Value for Our Customers
       Creating value for our customers is the basis for our success. We offer customers easy, convenient and fun ways to:
  •  share and preserve memories for family, friends and themselves;
 
  •  organize all of their photos in a single, safe and easily accessible location;
 
  •  maintain emotional connections to friends and family, despite being time-constrained, through thoughtful and personal photo-based communications and gifts; and
 
  •  achieve satisfaction and self-expression through creativity and telling stories with photos.
       We accomplish this through providing the following benefits to our customers:
       Broad offering. We offer a wide variety of premium products to customers, including prints, photo-based products ranging from custom greeting cards to photo books, photo-based merchandise ranging from mugs to mouse pads, and a broad assortment of high-quality ancillary products such as frames, photo albums and scrapbooking accessories. In addition, we provide a number of valuable tools and services, such as the ability to upload and edit photos online, share photos with friends and family and permanently store an unlimited number of photos on our system at no cost. With many creative options from which to choose, we enable customers to become engaged in the Shutterfly experience and feel a sense of pride in their creations.
       Trusted premium brand. We have built strong relationships with our customers who trust us to preserve and protect their photos in a central photo repository. We enable customers to enhance, share and make projects with their photos at their convenience. Our focus on ease of use, image quality, secure photo storage, high-quality products and first-rate packaging has established Shutterfly as a trusted premium brand. Our customers have grown to expect the best quality and service from us. This trust is maintained by fast, consistent fulfillment times, responsive customer service and continuous innovation.

55


Table of Contents

       Customer-focused approach. The entire Shutterfly customer experience reflects our customer-centered approach. Membership is free and offers customers the ability to upload, edit, store and share an unlimited number of photos. Membership is not required to view friends’ and family’s shared pictures, which can be viewed with a simple click. We conveniently mail orders to our customers’ homes or offices, or directly to a gift recipient. We also offer a year-round direct-mail greeting card service where customers upload their electronic address books to Shutterfly and we mail their cards and party invitations on their behalf. We take special care to focus on our customers’ requests for new features and functionality, products and services.
The Shutterfly Solution
       We have developed compelling services and production capabilities that allow us to offer consumers a easy, convenient and fun way to enjoy, share and preserve their memories. We satisfy traditional consumer needs — such as photo printing, storing and sharing — and also introduce consumers to new forms of communication and creative expression through our website features and functionality, photo prints, photo-based products, photo-based merchandise and ancillary products. We believe that many people are intimidated by the process of creating photo-based products or merchandise or fear that it will take too much work. We believe that we have removed much of the difficulty and intimidation of the process and have made it easy and enjoyable. In addition to these consumer benefits, we believe that our business model is supported by the following characteristics:
       Viral network effect. We benefit from a viral network in several ways. When our existing customers upload and share their personal memories through photos, they are providing compelling user-generated content that attracts their friends and family to our website, thus enlarging our network of users and potential customers. This implicit endorsement, coupled with user-friendly policies, such as not requiring share recipients to register to view pictures, reinforces our trusted brand and leads to lower customer acquisition costs. In addition, as our customers create and give thoughtful and unique physical gifts such as greeting cards, calendars and photo books, these products create numerous opportunities for potential customers to interact with our brand. Many of our customers also use our website to create community-oriented products such as a photo book celebrating a school play or a yearbook for their children’s soccer team, and they often proactively introduce and sell these items to larger groups of potential new customers. Lastly, as our products and services delight our customers, they often become enthusiastic evangelists for Shutterfly and introduce our products and services to their friends and family through word-of-mouth.
       Attractive target demographics reflected in our loyal customer base. We send a survey every month to approximately 5,000 of our customers selected by us to represent customers who have made varying numbers of purchases from us historically and who have purchased products from us within the prior 90 days, to which we typically receive a response rate of approximately 14%. Based upon these surveys, we believe that our current customer base fits the following profile: approximately 84% female, approximately 63% in the 25-44 age range and approximately 53% with children. These surveys also indicate that the average household income of our customers is greater than $70,000. Our customers have described themselves as being interested in maintaining personal connections with friends and family, wanting to tell stories, wishing to preserve their memories for themselves and their children and wanting a solution that is intuitive and easy to use. As a result, we believe that they are looking for an easy and convenient way to be both thoughtful and creative with their memories. Our customers use our website to share, enhance and preserve memories from vacations, holidays and family events and to create gifts for events such as birthdays, weddings, anniversaries, Halloween, Hanukkah, Christmas, Valentine’s Day, Easter, Mother’s Day and Father’s Day. We believe that our customer loyalty is also aided by the time our customers have invested in uploading and organizing their photos on our website. If a customer were to leave Shutterfly, he or she would have to spend significant time uploading and organizing photos on a new service.
       Premium pricing power. We believe that we are able to maintain premium pricing power for many of our products because of the brand equity and loyal customer base we have created. We

56


Table of Contents

believe that our brand equity and loyal customer base exists because we have differentiated ourselves in the marketplace by delivering high-quality products, outstanding customer service, an intuitive and easy user experience and continuous innovation across our products and services.
       Deep customer understanding. Customer insights are an important source of new product and service innovation for us, and we continually strive to understand our customers’ needs in order to improve customer satisfaction. We invest significant time and resources to understand and address the needs of our customers through market research, focus groups, customer surveys, usability testing, customer response to promotions and customer service interactions. We believe a coordinated focus on understanding the customer allows us take measures to increase customer loyalty, consumer awareness of Shutterfly, customer satisfaction and repeat purchases.
       Vertical integration and superior technology. We derived approximately 91% of our net revenues in 2005 from products we manufactured in our Hayward, California facility. Our vertically integrated and highly technical manufacturing approach is essential to our quality control, agility in rolling out new products and ability to secure capacity at critical peak demand periods. We believe that vertical integration also provides us with cost and innovation advantages, including:
  •  greater consistency and quality of output;
 
  •  increased ability to control and optimize costs for raw materials and production;
 
  •  fully automated image processing and print scheduling;
 
  •  more flexibility to provide rapid, responsive order fulfillment and processing;
 
  •  assured high-quality capacity, even during peak demand such as the fourth quarter holiday season;
 
  •  additional insights into new and existing photo products and production processes;
 
  •  rapid prototyping, testing and refinement of new products and services; and
 
  •  the ability to address customer inquiries quickly.
       We have devoted more than six years to developing our proprietary software, technology and production systems that we believe give us an advantage over our competitors. It is our intention to continue investing in and protecting our proprietary technology, platforms and processes that help us differentiate ourselves from the competition and control costs.
Our Growth Strategy
       Our goal is to grow our business, build a premium lifestyle brand and become the leading online provider of products and services dedicated to improving the sharing and preservation of personal memories. We believe the combination of our focus, dedication to customers and the benefits we derive from our vertically integrated production facilities will allow us to profitably capture a significant share of our addressable market. In addition to strong consumer trends supporting our business — such as the proliferation of digital cameras, higher broadband penetration and greater adoption of Internet related e-commerce and communication services — we believe our growth will be supported by the following initiatives:
       Expand customer base. We intend to expand our customer base and continue to promote the Shutterfly brand. We will leverage existing channels, which include word-of-mouth referrals from existing customers, print advertising, catalogs, online advertising, search engine marketing and complementary strategic alliances with other e-commerce companies such as Amazon.com, Buy.com, Evite and HSN.
       Expand products and services offerings. We will continue to innovate in order to increase the breadth and depth of our products and services, including prints, photo-based products, photo-based merchandise and ancillary products. For example, in the past six quarters, we have launched

57


Table of Contents

numerous new products, including canvas prints, keepsake boxes, desk organizers, multi-media DVD slideshows, magnets, coasters, year-at-a-glance calendars, tiled mugs, playing cards, puzzles, scrapbooking supplies and frames, as well as numerous enhancements to our photo books, including new covers, layouts and page designs. In addition to new products, we have created new services, including: the ability to search, tag and organize photos; the launch of Shutterfly Studio, our consumer software application that allows for uploading, organizing, printing, sharing and editing from the desktop; a redesigned and easier to use website; a new store that makes shopping easier and more accessible; and dozens of new borders that customers can use to enhance their pictures, cards and photo books.
       Increase sales to existing customers. We intend to increase both average order size and repeat orders per customer by expanding our products and services, tailoring our offerings to encourage additional purchases for different use occasions and increasing our cross-selling and up-selling activities.
       Leverage vertical integration. We will continue to invest in making our business even more vertically integrated by adding additional in-house production capabilities. We believe this will allow us to extend our objectives to provide the highest quality products and services at the lowest possible costs, to provide exceptional fulfillment and customer service, even at peak demand periods, and to continue to innovate rapidly with new products and services.
       Incubate new lines of business. We intend to continue to leverage our existing systems and capabilities to develop additional adjacent lines of business. For example, we are in the early stages of developing our Pro Gallery service, which provides an end-to-end fulfillment solution for professional photographers seeking to sell their photos online. Photographers manage their own galleries (for example, by uploading images and setting print and product pricing), while we host the galleries and provide the printing, payment and order fulfillment functions. For our Pro Gallery line of business, we earn revenues from annual gallery maintenance fees, individual print orders and a transaction fee.
       International expansion. We intend to develop additional business opportunities through international expansion, targeting consumers in key geographies where digital camera penetration is high and where Internet usage and e-commerce are widespread.
Products and Services
       Using the Shutterfly service is easy, convenient and fun. Our website is designed to be simple, uncluttered and inviting. There are only five navigational “tabs,” which correspond to the primary activities offered by the website — Add Pictures, View & Enhance, Share Online, Order Prints and Shutterfly Store. If consumers decide to either upload pictures or purchase products, they register on the website and begin the following process:
(PRODUCTS AND SERVICES FLOW CHART)
       Upload. Customers can upload digital photos from their computer to our website one at a time, many at once through simple drag-and-drop or by using Shutterfly Studio, our new photo organization software. There are no limits to photo file sizes and the upload processes are accelerated by multi-threading, which enables photos to be uploaded simultaneously, thereby reducing image upload times. Unlike some competitive services, we do not compress image files as part of the upload process, which we believe preserves quality and photo resolution.
       Organize and find. Customers initially upload their photos into user-defined albums. We offer multiple ways to further organize and find pictures. For example, customers can automatically sort photos within albums by upload date, photo titles or original filenames. Additionally, customers can

58


Table of Contents

quickly search for photos in a number of ways, including by text, date taken, upload date and images ordered on prints or specified products. Customers can also use our “favorites” function to tag their favorite photos with a star rating system on both the website and within Shutterfly Studio.
       View and enhance. Once photos have been uploaded to Shutterfly, customers can choose to view their photos in a variety of ways, including photo slideshows. To improve picture quality, customers also have access to our free online editing and image enhancement tools. In addition to cropping and red-eye removal, we offer a variety of creative options, such as saturating photos with additional color or changing color shots to black-and-white or sepia. Customers are also able to choose from a wide variety of photo borders, and we offer free customized back printing on photos and the option to add captions to many of our products. Customers can view and enhance their photos online or on their desktop via Shutterfly Studio, which easily integrates with our website. Shutterfly Studio provides advanced viewing and enhancing capabilities such as full screen slideshows, cropping, red-, blue- and green-eye removal, sharpening, auto adjustments and captioning.
       Create. We enable customers to create a variety of personalized products from their photos, including prints in wallet, 4x6, 5x7, 8x10, 11x14, 16x20 and 20x30 sizes, greeting cards, calendars, photo books and other photo-based products and merchandise. Our highly-interactive, design-it-yourself “creation paths” help even first-time customers make professional-looking, high-quality prints and products. Customers can easily design each product by following simple step-by-step instructions and using intuitive features, such as dragging and dropping an image into a template. Our technology then generates an image of the customer’s product on screen so that customers can make any desired design choices or changes and then view the final product to ensure satisfaction before purchase. Customers can also save in-process projects and return to them at a more convenient time to finish and purchase.
       Share. We enable our customers to share images in several different ways. Customers can e-mail friends, family and colleagues with a link to an individual album that can be viewed as a slideshow of images. In order to view those images, e-mail recipients simply click on the URL link in the e-mail and view images immediately without the need to register with Shutterfly. Recipients can then order prints or save them into their own album. To save our customers time, we offer an easy way to copy names, e-mail addresses and mailing addresses from various software such as Outlook, Outlook Express, Entourage, Palm and Eudora into their Shutterfly address book. Another way to share photos is by creating a Shutterfly Collection, which is linked to a personal web address that is powered by Shutterfly, where customers can store and share an unlimited number of photo albums. Customers can invite friends and family to view the photos, add additional photos and post comments to both albums and individual photos via the Guestbook feature. To ensure the privacy of Collections, we offer users optional password protection. Shutterfly customers can create up to two free Collections. We also sponsor seasonal and topical photo contests that promote sharing of photos by our customers.
       Order and ship. We provide convenient ordering and flexible shipping options. To order a product after it is created, the customer adds it to his or her shopping cart and completes the billing and shipping information. Shipping addresses can be typed in or easily added directly from a customer’s Shutterfly address book. When a picture or product is being ordered, we flag photos of poor quality, usually due to low resolution, to alert customers of potential quality issues. This helps ensure that a customer does not order an out-of-focus or poor quality picture. Customers can ship single orders to multiple recipients. We also offer several different shipping options, such as next-day, two-day or regular service. Standard turn-around times from the time an order is placed to the time it is shipped are one business day for most print orders and two business days for other photo-based products manufactured by Shutterfly. For our photo-based merchandise manufactured on our behalf by third parties, turn-around times vary, but generally range from two to five days from the time we receive the order and transmit it to our manufacturer. We also offer premium services for addressing, stamping and mailing greeting cards directly to recipients.

59


Table of Contents

       Archive. We provide customers with permanent, unlimited storage of their photos, Collections and projects at no cost to the customer. Customers can also order a copy of their photos on a CD or DVD for an extra fee.
Marketing, Advertising and Promotion
       We use a variety of advertising, direct marketing technologies, channels, methods and strategic alliances to attract and retain our customers. These methods include direct marketing over the Internet, e-mail marketing to prospects and existing customers, search engine marketing, and traditional direct marketing mailings such as postcards and seasonal catalogs. In addition, because many of our products are either shared via the Internet or given as gifts, the appearance of our brand on the products and packaging provides ongoing distribution as well as viral advertising.
       We place advertisements that cater to women and families on websites and in publications, contract for targeted e-mail marketing services and contract for advertising placement on leading search engines. We also maintain an affiliate program under which we pay program participants for referral sales generated from hyperlinks to our website from the affiliate’s website and in promotional materials.
       We maintain strategic alliances with complementary e-commerce companies, such as Amazon.com, where we are the sole photo services provider to Amazon.com’s and Evite’s customers, as well as other marketing and promotion arrangements with companies such as Buy.com and HSN, which distribute our marketing literature and promotions with purchases of digital cameras from their programs.
       We also sponsor and manage photo contests as a turn-key solution for major corporations, such as with 1-800-Flowers.com, HSN, Lions Gate Entertainment, Petco and Procter & Gamble. These corporations promote the photo contests to their own customers, which in turn introduces new users to Shutterfly.
       In addition, from time-to-time we create co-branded versions of our website. In general, these arrangements involve payment of a commission or revenue share to these companies for sales of our products and services generated through these websites.
Technology and Production Systems
       We use a combination of proprietary and third-party technology, including the following:
       Customer relationship management, or CRM, system. Our integrated CRM system is comprised of various sophisticated tools designed to convert first-time customers into repeat buyers with increasing average order sizes by expanding customer awareness, providing targeted, segmented offers to customers and encouraging cross- and up-selling. The system uses a variety of data, including website usage patterns, order size, order frequency, products purchased, seasonality factors, image upload and share usage, as well as customer satisfaction information. This data is continually updated and refreshed in a data warehouse, from which different customer segments are identified and modified on a continuing basis for targeted marketing communications.
       By using this deep customer intelligence and ongoing analysis, we are able to offer customers a more personalized website experience and to target them with specific website promotions, discounts, specialized e-mail and direct mail offers. Our promotion engine generates special offers that are account specific and applied automatically at checkout. This enables us to run multiple offers at any given time that are targeted to specific customer profiles.
       We are also able to dynamically assign visitors to test and control groups who are shown different versions of our service. This testing enables us to continuously optimize products, pricing, promotions and user interaction with our website. We are able to run multiple tests at once, which enables us to rapidly launch new products and services and enhances our financial results.

60


Table of Contents

       Website system. Our website powers our service and e-commerce functionality. We have designed our user interface to be simple, uncluttered and inviting. There are only five navigational “tabs” that correspond to the primary activities offered by the website — Add Pictures, View & Enhance, Share Online, Order Prints and Shutterfly Store, which includes personalized product creation.
       We have designed our website system to be highly available, secure and cost-effective. We can scale to increasing numbers of customers by adding relatively inexpensive industry-standard computers and servers. We have a strong commitment to our privacy policy, and we utilize technologies such as firewalls, encryption technology for secure transmission of personal information between customers’ computers and our website system and intrusion detection systems to ensure compliance with that policy.
       Image archive. We store our customers’ images in our image archive. Once a customer uploads a photo to our website, it is copied to multiple redundant systems, including an off-site copy. At present, our image storage capacity is hundreds of terabytes. We continue to expand our storage capacity to meet increasing customer demand. Our innovative storage architecture provides extremely low storage costs, ensures the safe, secure archiving of customers’ images and delivers the speed and performance required to enable customers to access, enhance and edit their images in real-time.
       When we store and archive a customer’s image, we never alter the original image (for example, we do not reduce the data file size), which preserves the quality and integrity of the image. This also lets customers enhance the image using a duplicate, while giving them the ability to recall the original at any time.
       Render farm. Once a customer orders a photo or any photo-based product or photo-based merchandise, the render farm performs fully automated image processing on the image prior to production. The customer’s original uploaded image is retrieved from the image archive, and automatic algorithms enhance the color, contrast and sharpness of the image. The render farm also performs customer-requested edits such as crop, borders, customized back-printing and red-eye removal.
       To ensure that output is of consistent quality, we apply our proprietary ColorSure technology during this render stage. ColorSure creates an automated mapping of the image’s specific attributes to the printer’s specific print calibrations and attributes, at which time the rendered image is scheduled for production. For example, this allows a photo that is printed on a 4x6 print to look the same as a photo printed on an enlargement or in a photo book, even if they are ordered at separate times.
       Production system. We operate our own production facility in Hayward, California, which we believe is one of the largest all-digital labs in the world. Our automated production system controls our bar code-driven production processes, including order management and pick, pack and ship operations. Using complex algorithms, the production system analyzes tens of thousands of orders daily and automates the workflow into our high-volume silver halide photofinishing machines and our state-of-the-art digital offset presses.
Competition
       The market for digital photography products and services is large, evolving and intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future. We face intense competition from a wide range of companies, including the following:
  •  Online digital photography services companies such as Kodak EasyShare Gallery (formerly known as Ofoto), Snapfish, which is a service of Hewlett-Packard, Sony’s ImageStation and others;

61


Table of Contents

  •  “Big Box” retailers such as Wal-Mart, Costco and others that are seeking to offer low cost digital photography solutions, such as in-store fulfillment and self-service kiosks for printing, and that may, among other strategies, offer their customers heavily discounted in-store solutions that compete directly with our offerings;
 
  •  Drug stores such as Walgreens, CVS and others that offer in-store pick-up from Internet orders;
 
  •  Regional photography companies such as Wolf Camera and Ritz Camera that have established brands and customer bases in existing photography markets;
 
  •  Internet portals and search engines such as Yahoo!, AOL, Google and CNET that offer broad-reaching digital photography and related solutions to their large user bases;
 
  •  Home printing solution providers such as Hewlett-Packard, Epson and Canon, that are seeking to expand their printer and ink businesses by gaining market share in the emerging digital photography marketplace; and
 
  •  Photo-related software companies such as Adobe, Apple, Microsoft, Corel and others.
       We believe the primary competitive factors in attracting and retaining customers are:
  •  brand recognition and trust;
 
  •  quality of products and services;
 
  •  breadth of products and services;
 
  •  user affinity and loyalty;
 
  •  customer service;
 
  •  ease of use;
 
  •  convenience; and
 
  •  price.
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, and that none of our competitors offers a comparable value proposition, trusted brand or singular focus.
       The level of competition in our industry is likely to increase as current competitors improve their offerings and as new participants enter the market or as industry consolidation develops. Many of our existing competitors, as well as potential new competitors, have significantly longer operating histories, larger and broader customer bases, greater brand recognition and greater financial, research and development and distribution resources. Our larger, more established and better capitalized competitors may acquire, invest in or partner with traditional and online competitors. In addition, the numerous choices for digital photography services can cause confusion for consumers, and may cause them to choose to use one of our competitors, many of whom may have greater name recognition than we do. Furthermore, some of our competitors who are seeking to establish an online presence may be able to devote substantially more resources to website and systems development. We may also face competition from new entrants that are well funded and that may choose to prioritize growing their market share and brand awareness instead of profitability. Competitors and new entrants in the digital photography products and services industries may also seek to develop new products, technologies or capabilities that could render obsolete or less competitive many of the products, services and content that we offer. We may be unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and competitive pressures could harm our business and prospects.

62


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property
       Protecting our intellectual property rights is part of our strategy for continued growth and competitive differentiation. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark law, as well as contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements and proprietary rights agreements. We enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants and business partners, and control access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
       As of May 31, 2006, we had 12 issued patents and more than 30 patent applications pending in the United States. We intend to pursue corresponding patent coverage in additional countries to the extent we believe such coverage is appropriate and cost efficient. However, we cannot be certain that any of our pending applications will be granted. In addition, third parties could bring infringement, invalidity, co-inventorship or similar claims with respect to any of our currently issued patents or any patents that may be issued to us in the future. Our issued patents and patent applications relate generally to the user interface for our website, our computer network infrastructure and software, personalized photo-related products and automated workflow and digital printing.
       Our primary brand is “Shutterfly,” and we hold registrations for the Shutterfly service mark in our major markets of the United States and Canada, as well as in the European Community, Mexico, Japan, Australia and New Zealand, as well as “Shutterfly.com” registrations in the United States, Mexico, Australia and New Zealand, and “Shutterfly Express” and “Postcards by Shutterfly” service mark registrations in the United States. An additional application for the Shutterfly mark is pending in Brazil. In addition, we hold a registration for the “VividPics” service mark in the United States and Mexico, and have pending applications for additional marks, including “Shutterfly Studio” and “Shutterfly Collections.”
       We are the registrant of the Internet domain name for our website, Shutterfly.com. Domain names generally are regulated by Internet regulatory bodies and are controlled also by trademark and other related laws. If we lose the ability to use our Shutterfly mark in a particular country or our domain name, we could be forced to either incur significant additional expenses to market our products within that country, including the development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional materials and packaging, or elect not to sell products in that country. In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights could change in ways that block or interfere with our ability to use relevant domains or our current brand. Also, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Regulatory bodies also could establish additional top-level or country-code domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we might not be able to acquire or maintain the domain names that utilize the name Shutterfly in all of the countries in which we currently or intend to conduct business.
Government Regulation
       The legal environment of the Internet is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations will be applied to the Internet in general, and how they will relate to our business in particular, is unclear in many cases. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws will apply in the online context, including with respect to such topics as privacy, defamation, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, sweepstakes, promotions, content regulation, quality of products and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

63


Table of Contents

       Numerous laws have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States that could have an impact on our business. These laws include the following:
  •  The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by a number of states, which are intended to regulate unsolicited commercial e-mails, create criminal penalties for unmarked sexually-oriented material and e-mails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices.
 
  •  The Communications Decency Act, which gives statutory protection to online service providers who distribute third-party content.
 
  •  The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, which is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others.
 
  •  The Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and the Prosecutorial Remedies and Other Tools to End Exploitation of Children Today Act of 2003, which are intended to restrict the distribution of certain materials deemed harmful to children and impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect user information from minors. In addition, the Protection of Children From Sexual Predators Act of 1998 requires online service providers to report evidence of violations of federal child pornography laws under certain circumstances.
 
  •  The State of California has adopted statutes that require online services to report certain breaches of the security of personal data, and to report to California consumers when their personal data might be disclosed to direct marketers.
       To resolve some of the remaining legal uncertainty, we expect new laws and regulations to be adopted over time that will be directly applicable to the Internet and to our activities. Any existing or new legislation applicable to Shutterfly could expose us to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations, and could dampen the growth in the use of the Internet in general.
       We post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, Federal Trade Commission requirements or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies that could potentially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the United States Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy issues related to our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in user registrations and revenues. These decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before users can utilize our services.
       Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that the governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt to regulate its transmissions or prosecute us for violations of their laws. We might unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified and new laws may be enacted in the future. Any such developments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. We may be subject to legal liability for our online services. The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services for activities of their users is currently unsettled both within the United States and abroad. Claims may be threatened against us for aiding and abetting, defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of information to which we provide links or that may be posted online.
Employees
       As of March 31, 2006, we had 202 full time employees. Approximately 56 employees were engaged in engineering, 70 in photo lab operations, 31 in sales and marketing, 13 in customer

64


Table of Contents

service and 32 in general and administrative functions. In addition, we had one contract engineer working in the United States and three contract engineers working in Costa Rica. During the peak holiday season, we obtain contract workers on a temporary basis from third-party outsourcing firms. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2005, we used more than 475 of these temporary workers to assist in our production and fulfillment operations during high-demand periods. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good.
Facilities
       We maintain our corporate headquarters in Redwood City, California in a leased facility of approximately 48,384 square feet. The lease for this facility expires on May 31, 2010.
       We maintain our production and fulfillment operations in Hayward, California in leased facilities totalling approximately 71,708 square feet. The lease for the facility for approximately 25,206 square feet expires on September 30, 2007. We have an option to extend the lease for five years and a first right of refusal to lease any immediately adjacent contiguous space. The leases for the other 46,502 square feet expire on July 31, 2010.
       We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our needs through the first half of 2007, although we expect to require additional production and fulfillment facilities to handle future growth. We believe that suitable additional space will be available in the future on commercially reasonably terms as needed.
Legal Proceedings
       In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party is likely to harm our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
       The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of June 27, 2006.
             
Name   Age   Position
         
Jeffrey T. Housenbold
    36     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Stephen E. Recht
    54     Chief Financial Officer
Stanford S. Au
    46     Senior Vice President, Technology
Douglas J. Galen
    44     Senior Vice President, Business and Corporate Development
Jeannine M. Smith Thomas
    45     Senior Vice President, Operations
Andrew F. Young
    48     Chief Marketing Officer
John A. Kaelle
    37     Vice President, Finance
James H. Clark(2)
    62     Chairman of the Board
Patricia A. House(1)(2)
    52     Director
Eric J. Keller(1)
    54     Director
Nancy J. Schoendorf(2)(3)
    51     Director
James N. White(1)(3)
    44     Director
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Governance Committee.
       Jeffrey T. Housenbold has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since January 2005. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Housenbold served as Vice President of Business Development and Internet Marketing at eBay Inc., an online marketplace for the sale of goods and services, from January 2002 to January 2005. Previously, he was the Vice President & General Manager, Business-to-Consumer Group at eBay from June 2001 to January 2002, and served as Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions of eBay from March 2001 to June 2001. Mr. Housenbold holds two Bachelor of Science degrees in Economics and Business Administration from Carnegie Mellon University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
       Stephen E. Recht has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2004. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Recht served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at SkyStream Networks, Inc., a provider of IP video delivery platforms, from August 2003 to June 2004. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer at Brience, Inc., a provider of mobile infrastructure software, from July 2001 to May 2002, and from May 2002 to July 2003, he served as its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Recht was previously the Chief Financial Officer at Allegis, Inc., an application services provider for partner relationship management software, from April 2000 to May 2001. Mr. Recht was the Chief Financial Officer of NetGravity Inc., an Internet advertising provider that was acquired by DoubleClick Inc., from November 1996 to October 1999. Mr. Recht also served as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Marimba, Inc., a provider of products and services for software change and configuration management, from August 2003 to July 2004. Mr. Recht holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
       Stanford S. Au has served as our Senior Vice President, Technology since April 2006. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Au served as Vice President of Engineering at WebEx Communications, Inc., a provider of online meeting services, from October 2003 to November 2005. Previously, he was the Senior Vice President of Engineering at Virage, Inc., a provider of security and surveillance systems,

66


Table of Contents

from January 2002 to August 2003, and served as Vice President of Engineering and General Manager of the Internet Bill Presentment and Payment (IBPP) business at AOL Time Warner Inc., a media and communications company, from July 1997 to September 2001. Mr. Au holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley.
       Douglas J. Galen has served as our Senior Vice President, Business and Corporate Development since March 2005. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Galen served as President of Fourth Fleet Financial Inc., an auto finance company, from March 2004 to March 2005, as Vice President of New Ventures for eBay from April 2001 to March 2004, and Vice President of Sales and Business Development for E-LOAN, Inc., a provider of loans, lines of credit and credit card referrals, from June 1997 to December 2000. Mr. Galen serves on the board of directors of Positive Coaching Alliance. He holds a Master of Business Administration degree in Real Estate and Finance and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley.
       Jeannine M. Smith Thomas has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations since October 2005. Ms. Smith Thomas has held the following positions within Shutterfly: Senior Software Engineer from September 1999 to August 2000, Director of Lab Automation Software from August 2000 to August 2001 and Chief Engineering Officer from August 2001 to March 2006. Ms. Smith Thomas became acting Senior Vice President of Operations in October 2005, which she assumed as a permanent role in January 2006. She relinquished her title of Chief Engineering Officer in April 2006 when Mr. Au was hired as Senior Vice President, Technology. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Ms. Smith Thomas held multiple positions at Silicon Graphics, Inc., a provider of workstations and servers for technical and entertainment communities, including principal engineer and engineering manager, from September 1991 to September 1998. She holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.
       Andrew F. Young has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since July 2001. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Young served as Vice President of Marketing at Vivaldi Networks, a retail-based technology company, from July 2000 to May 2001. Previously, he was the Senior Vice President of Marketing in the Interactive Division at Mattel, Inc., a leading toy and game manufacturer, from January 1998 to January 2000, and served as Director of Marketing at Del Monte Foods Company, a manufacturer and distributor of canned fruit and vegetables, from May 1991 to December 1997. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Virginia and a Master in Business Administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
       John A. Kaelle has served as our Vice President, Finance since October 2004. Prior to joining Shutterfly, Mr. Kaelle was a Vice President in the Mergers and Acquisitions group at Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, an investment banking firm, from August 2000 to July 2004. Previously, he was the Assistant Controller at TriNet Corporate Realty Trust, Inc., a real estate investment trust, from April 1997 until July 1998. Mr. Kaelle holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Michigan, a Masters degree in Taxation from Golden Gate University and a Master of Business Administration degree in Finance from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Kaelle is a certified public accountant in the State of California.
       James H. Clark has served on our board of directors since June 1999 and as our Chairman since June 1999. Mr. Clark is currently an independent investor. Mr. Clark is the founder of Netscape Communications Corporation, a provider of web browsers and other Internet client and server software products; Healtheon/ Web MD Corp., an online provider of health information services; Silicon Graphics, Inc., a provider of graphical computing workstations; and myCFO, Inc., a wealth advisory firm. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree and a Masters of Science in Physics from the University of New Orleans, and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from the University of Utah.
       Patricia A. House has served on our board of directors since January 2006. Ms. House is a co-founder of Siebel Systems, Inc., a provider of enterprise applications and a wholly owned subsidiary

67


Table of Contents

of Oracle Corporation. From January 2001 to February 2006, Ms. House served as Siebel Systems, Inc.’s Vice Chairman, Co-Founder and Vice President of Strategic Planning. From February 1996 to January 2001, she served as its Co-Founder and Executive Vice President and from July 1993 to February 1996 as its Co-Founder and Senior Vice President of Marketing. Ms. House holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Education from Western Michigan University. She currently serves on the board of directors of BDNA Corporation, a provider of business software, and Levi Strauss & Co., a jeans and casual wear manufacturer.
       Eric J. Keller has served on our board of directors since March 2006. Mr. Keller has been the Chief Executive Officer of Movaris, Inc., a financial software company, since March 2004. From September 2003 to February 2004 and from September 2001 to December 2001, Mr. Keller served as a consultant to various technology companies. From January 2002 to September 2002, Mr. Keller served as interim Chief Financial Officer to Cardica, Inc., a medical device company. From October 2002 to August 2003, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Endovasix, Inc., a medical device company. From February 2000 to July 2001, Mr. Keller served as Chief Financial Officer of Corio, Inc., an enterprise application service provider. Mr. Keller holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Relations from Cornell University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of California, Berkeley.
       Nancy J. Schoendorf has served on our board of directors since February 2004. Ms. Schoendorf has been a managing partner with Mohr, Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, since June 1993. Previously, she served as director of systems software development at Sun Microsystems, Inc., a provider of network computing products and services, from 1988 to 1989, as an officer and Vice President of Research and Development and Product Development at Software Publishing Corporation, an international supplier of business productivity software, from 1985 to 1988, and as an engineering section manager at Hewlett-Packard Company, a global technology company, from 1976 to 1985. Ms. Schoendorf holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science and Mathematics from Iowa State University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Santa Clara. She currently serves on the board of directors of Agile Software Corporation, a provider of product lifecycle management solutions, as well as several privately held companies.
       James N. White has served on our board of directors since November 2005. Mr. White has been a managing director at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital firm, since October 2000. Mr. White previously held senior executive positions at Macromedia, Inc., a software developer; Silicon Graphics, Inc., a provider of graphical computing workstations; and Hewlett-Packard Company. Mr. White serves on the board of directors of numerous privately held companies. Mr. White holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Northwestern University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
Board of Directors Composition
       The authorized number of directors under our restated bylaws that will become effective immediately following the completion of this offering is seven; however, our board of directors currently consists of six members. Each director serves until our next annual meeting or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. The rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market require that a majority of the members of our board of directors be independent within specified periods following the completion of this offering. We believe that five of our directors are independent as required by the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market: James H. Clark, Patricia A. House, Eric J. Keller, Nancy J. Schoendorf and James N. White.
       Mr. Clark, Ms. Schoendorf and Mr. White are affiliated with three of our principal stockholders, Monaco Partners, Mohr, Davidow Ventures and Sutter Hill Ventures, respectively, and were

68


Table of Contents

appointed to our board of directors under the provisions of a voting agreement between us and certain of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, these board representation rights will terminate and no stockholders will have any contractual rights with respect to board representation.
       Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will file our restated certificate of incorporation. The restated certificate of incorporation will divide our board of directors into three classes, each with staggered three-year terms:
  •  Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2007;
 
  •  Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2008; and
 
  •  Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2009.
       At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Upon the completion of this offering, the Class I directors will consist of                     and                     ; the Class II directors will consist of                     and                     ; and the Class III directors will consist of                     and                     . As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
       In addition, we intend to amend our bylaws upon the completion of this offering to provide that only the board of directors may fill vacancies on the board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.
       This classification of the board of directors and the provisions described above may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Provisions — Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions.”
Board Committees
       Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by the board of directors.
       Audit Committee. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee is directly responsible for: the selection, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm; evaluating our independent registered public accounting firm’s continuing independence; approving the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to our independent registered public accounting firm; reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the quarterly and annual financial statements; approving the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our selection, application and disclosure of our critical accounting policies; discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm both privately and with management the adequacy of our accounting and financial reporting processes and systems of internal control; reviewing any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation over

69


Table of Contents

internal control over financial reporting; and annually reviewing and evaluating the composition and performance of the audit committee, including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.
       The current members of our audit committee are Eric J. Keller, who is the chair of the audit committee, James N. White and Patricia A. House. We believe that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Keller is our audit committee financial expert, as defined under applicable SEC rules. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market.
       Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee evaluates and approves policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee is responsible for reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers; evaluating the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations; administering the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans; annually reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to all cash and equity-based incentive compensation plans and arrangements; and annually reviewing and evaluating the composition and performance of the compensation committee, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter.
       The current members of our compensation committee are Patricia A. House, who is the chair of the compensation committee, James H. Clark and Nancy J. Schoendorf. We believe that each member of our compensation committee is an “independent director” under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as that term is defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
       Governance Committee. The governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorship and the size, structure and composition of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors. Among other things, the governance committee is responsible for identifying, evaluating and nominating candidates for appointment or election as members of our board of directors; developing, recommending and evaluating a code of conduct and ethics; recommending that our board of directors establish special committees as may be desirable from time to time; recommending policies and procedures for stockholder nomination of directors and annually reviewing and evaluating the composition and performance of the governance committee, including compliance of the governance committee with its charter.
       The current members of the governance committee are James N. White, who is the chair of the governance committee, and Nancy J. Schoendorf. We believe that the members of our governance committee are “independent directors” under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
       None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves or in the past has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or our compensation committee.
Director Compensation
       On January 20, 2006, we granted Patricia A. House an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $10.00 per share and on May 9, 2006 we granted

70


Table of Contents

Eric J. Keller an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $10.39 per share, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions of our 1999 Stock Plan.
       Each independent director who is not affiliated with one of our major stockholders receives an initial stock option grant of 50,000 shares of our common stock upon joining our board of directors. The shares subject to the option vest monthly over a three-year period from the date of grant.
       Upon each anniversary of an independent, non-major stockholder affiliated director’s start date, the director will receive an additional stock option grant of 10,000 shares of our common stock that will vest monthly over a three-year period from the date of grant.
       In addition, if the chairman of the audit committee is an independent, non-major stockholder affiliated director, each year such director will receive a stock option grant of 8,333 shares of our common stock that will vest monthly over a 12-month period from the date of grant.
Executive Compensation
       The following table presents compensation information for the year ended 2005 paid to or accrued for each individual who served as our Chief Executive Officer at any time in 2005 and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose aggregate salary and bonus was more than $100,000. We refer to these officers collectively as our named executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
                                 
                Long-Term
                Compensation
             
        Annual    
        Compensation    
            Securities
            Underlying
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Bonus   Options
                 
Jeffrey T. Housenbold, President and Chief Executive Officer(1)
    2005     $ 263,542     $ 137,500       1,038,146  
Stephen E. Recht, Chief Financial Officer
    2005     $ 235,000     $ 35,250       23,200  
Jeannine M. Smith Thomas, Senior Vice President, Operations
    2005     $ 210,000     $ 25,200       11,600  
Andrew F. Young, Chief Marketing Officer
    2005     $ 220,000     $ 17,600       11,600  
Douglas J. Galen, Senior Vice President, Business
and Corporate Development
(2)
    2005     $ 169,615     $ 25,000       200,000  
 
(1)  Mr. Housenbold joined us in January 2005. Mr. Housenbold’s annualized base salary for 2005 was $275,000.
 
(2)  Mr. Galen joined us in March 2005. Mr. Galen’s annualized base salary for 2005 was $225,000.
Option Grants in 2005
       The following table presents the stock option grants during 2005 to the named executive officers.
       These options vest over four years, with 25% vesting after one year and an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares vesting each month thereafter. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board as of the date of grant. In 2005, we granted to our employees options to purchase a total of 2,372,207 shares of our common stock.

71


Table of Contents

       Potential realizable values are computed by:
  •  multiplying the number of shares of common stock subject to a given option by the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share;
 
  •  assuming that the aggregate stock value derived from that calculation compounds at the annual 5% or 10% rates shown in the table for the entire ten-year term of the option; and
 
  •  subtracting from that result the aggregate option exercise price.
       The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation are hypothetical rates required to be presented by the rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of future common stock prices.
Individual Grants
                                                 
                    Potential Realizable
                    Value at Assumed
        Percent of           Annual Rates of
    Number of   Total           Stock Price
    Securities   Options           Appreciation for
    Underlying   Granted to   Exercise       Option Term
    Options   Employees   Price   Expiration    
Name   Granted   in 2005   Per Share   Date   5%   10%
                         
Jeffrey T. Housenbold
    1,038,146       43.8 %   $ 5.00       1/16/2015                  
Stephen E. Recht
    23,200       1.0       5.50       8/17/2015                  
Jeannine M. Smith Thomas
    11,600       0.5       5.50       8/17/2015                  
Andrew F. Young
    11,600       0.5       5.50       8/17/2015                  
Douglas J. Galen
    200,000       8.4       5.00       3/15/2015                  
       In May 2006, we granted Jeffrey T. Housenbold, Stephen E. Recht, Jeannine M. Smith Thomas, Andrew F. Young and Douglas J. Galen options to purchase 250,000, 47,800, 40,000, 40,000 and 50,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, each at an exercise price of $10.39 per share and each pursuant to the terms and conditions of our 1999 Stock Plan. Each of these options vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option at the end of each full month thereafter. Each of these options may be exercised in full prior to vesting.
Aggregated Option Exercises in 2005 and Option Values as of December 31, 2005
       The following table presents the number of shares of our common stock subject to options exercised in 2005, and the number of shares of our common stock subject to exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of December 31, 2005 by the named executive officers. There was no public trading for our stock as of December 31, 2005. Accordingly, these values have been calculated on the basis of the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, less the applicable exercise price per share, multiplied by the number of shares issued or issuable, as the case may be, on the exercise of the option. All options were granted under our 1999 Stock Plan. These options generally vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option at the end of each full month thereafter. They may be exercised in full prior to vesting.

72


Table of Contents

                                 
    Number of Securities   Value of Unexercised
    Underlying Unexercised   In-the-Money Options
    Options at December 31, 2005   at December 31, 2005
         
Name   Exercisable   Unexercisable   Exercisable   Unexercisable
                 
Jeffrey T. Housenbold
    1,038,146           $       $  
Stephen E. Recht
    153,200                      
Jeannine M. Smith Thomas
    149,600                      
Andrew F. Young
    181,600                      
Douglas J. Galen
    200,000                      
Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements
       We have entered into employment, termination and change-in-control arrangements with the following executive officers, which are summarized below:
       Jeffrey T. Housenbold. Mr. Housenbold’s employment offer letter provides for an annual salary of $275,000, with an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary. His employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate his employment at any time with or without cause.
       Mr. Housenbold’s offer letter provides that if within 12 months following a change of control of Shutterfly we terminate his employment without cause or if Mr. Housenbold terminates his employment for good reason (including an adverse change in title, responsibility or authority, a relocation of employment location more than 60 miles from our current headquarters or a material reduction in base salary), Mr. Housenbold will receive as severance 15 months’ salary plus 125% of the maximum target bonus for the year in which the termination occurred, and all unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Housenbold will fully vest.
       We have also agreed that in the event we terminate Mr. Housenbold’s employment without cause or if Mr. Housenbold terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Housenbold will receive 12 months salary plus the maximum target bonus for the year in which the termination occurred as severance, and 12 months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Housenbold will fully vest. Our obligation to make any severance payments is expressly conditioned upon Mr. Housenbold’s execution and delivery of a general release and waiver of all claims.
       In the event that a portion of the severance and other benefits provided to Mr. Housenbold under the offer letter or any other agreement, benefit, plan or policy of Shutterfly are subject to a specified federal excise tax in connection with a change of control, such severance and other benefits shall be reduced on a pre-tax basis if necessary to provide Mr. Housenbold with a greater amount of severance and other benefits on an after-tax basis.
       For purposes of Mr. Housenbold’s employment offer letter, a change of control includes: (1) an acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock by any person or entity; (2) a merger or consolidation of Shutterfly after which our then-current stockholders own less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity; (3) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; or (4) a liquidation or dissolution of Shutterfly.
       Stephen E. Recht. Mr. Recht’s employment offer letter provides for an annual salary of $235,000, with a quarterly bonus of up to 25% of his annual base salary earned during that quarter. His employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate his employment any time with or without cause.
       Mr. Recht’s offer letter provides that in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly, and in connection with the change of control, merger or acquisition, Mr. Recht is no longer our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Recht will receive six months’ salary as severance, and 12 months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Recht will fully

73


Table of Contents

vest. However, in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly where Mr. Recht continues to report to Shutterfly, Mr. Recht will not receive such severance and acceleration.
       We have also agreed that in the event we terminate Mr. Recht’s employment without cause, he will receive 12 months’ salary as severance and 12 months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Recht will fully vest. Our obligation to make any severance payments is expressly conditioned upon Mr. Recht’s execution and delivery of a general release and waiver of all claims.
       For purposes of Mr. Recht’s employment offer letter, a change of control includes: (1) a merger or consolidation of Shutterfly after which our then-current stockholders own less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or (2) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets.
       Jeannine M. Smith Thomas. Ms. Smith Thomas’ employment offer letter provides for a monthly salary of $14,099, with a quarterly bonus of up to $5,000. Ms. Smith Thomas’ current salary is $210,000. Her employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate her employment any time with or without cause.
       Ms. Smith Thomas’ offer letter provides that in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly and within 12 months following the change of control, merger or acquisition, we terminate her employment without cause or if Ms. Smith Thomas terminates her employment for good reason (including an adverse change in title, responsibility or authority, a relocation of employment location more than 35 miles from our current headquarters or a material reduction in base salary), all unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Ms. Smith Thomas will fully vest.
       For purposes of Ms. Smith Thomas’ employment offer letter, a change of control includes: (1) a merger or consolidation of Shutterfly after which our then-current stockholders own less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or (2) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets.
       Andrew F. Young. Mr. Young’s employment offer letter provides for a monthly salary of $16,667.67, with a quarterly bonus of up to $5,000. Mr. Young’s current salary is $220,000. His employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate his employment any time with or without cause.
       Mr. Young’s offer letter provides that if we terminate his employment without cause, Mr. Young will receive six months’ salary as severance. Our obligation to make any severance payment is expressly conditioned upon Mr. Young’s execution and delivery of a general release and waiver of all claims.
       Douglas J. Galen. Mr. Galen’s employment offer letter provides for an annual salary of $225,000, with a bonus to be determined by our compensation committee. His employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate his employment any time with or without cause.
       Mr. Galen’s offer letter provides that in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly and in connection with the change of control, merger or acquisition, (1) Mr. Galen is no longer our Senior Vice President of Business Development, (2) Mr. Galen’s role is materially diminished or (3) our corporate office are relocated from our current headquarters and Mr. Galen chooses not to relocate, Mr. Galen will receive six months’ salary as severance and 12 months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Galen will fully vest. However, in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly where Mr. Galen continues to report to the board of directors of Shutterfly, Mr. Galen will not receive such severance and acceleration.

74


Table of Contents

       We have also agreed that in the event we terminate Mr. Galen’s employment without cause, Mr. Galen will receive six months salary as severance and six months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Galen will fully vest. Our obligation to make any severance payments is expressly conditioned upon Mr. Galen’s execution and delivery of a general release and waiver of all claims.
       For purposes of Mr. Galen’s employment offer letter, a change of control includes: (1) a merger or consolidation of Shutterfly after which our then-current stockholders own less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or (2) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets.
       Stanford S. Au. Mr. Au’s employment offer letter provides for an annual salary of $235,000, with a hiring bonus of $15,000. If Mr. Au is terminated prior to one complete year of service, Mr. Au will be responsible for reimbursing to us the prorated portion of his hire bonus. His employment with us is at will, such that we have the right to terminate his employment any time with or without cause.
       Mr. Au’s offer letter provides that in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly and in connection with the change of control, merger or acquisition, (1) Mr. Au is no longer our Senior Vice President of Technology, (2) experiences a mutual diminishment in responsibility or authority or (3) a relocation of employment location more than 50 miles from our current headquarters and Mr. Au chooses not to relocate, Mr. Au will receive six months salary as severance and 12 months of unvested shares of our common stock subject to options granted to Mr. Au will fully vest. However, in the event of a change of control, merger or acquisition of Shutterfly where Mr. Au continues to report to Shutterfly, Mr. Au will not receive such severance and acceleration.
       For purposes of Mr. Au’s employment offer letter, a change of control includes: (1) a merger or consolidation of Shutterfly after which our then-current stockholders own less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or (2) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets.
Employee Benefit Plans
1999 Stock Plan
       Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 1999 Stock Plan in September 1999. We reserved a pool of shares of our common stock for issuance to employees and other service providers pursuant to awards granted under our 1999 Stock Plan, as amended, and under other awards granted outside of the 1999 Stock Plan. Awards can be either stock options or purchase rights. With respect to stock options, our 1999 Stock Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options that qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code for their recipients and nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of any of our subsidiaries. Nonqualified stock options may be granted to our employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors and those of any of our subsidiaries. The exercise price of incentive stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 1999 Stock Plan is ten years. In the event of a change in control, the 1999 Stock Plan provides that options held by current employees, directors and consultants that are not assumed will immediately vest in full prior to such change in control and all options shall expire on the consummation of the change in control.
       As of March 31, 2006, options to purchase 3,198,994 shares of our common stock granted from the 1999 Stock Plan remained outstanding and 1,755,738 shares of our common stock remained available for issuance upon the exercise of awards that may be granted from the 1999 Stock Plan. The options outstanding as of March 31, 2006 had a weighted average exercise price of

75


Table of Contents

approximately $4.41 per share. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the completion of this offering. As a result, no awards will be granted from the 1999 Stock Plan after the date of this prospectus and the 1999 Stock Plan will terminate. However, any outstanding options granted from the 1999 Stock Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 1999 Stock Plan and stock option agreements, until the options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted from the 1999 Stock Plan are subject to terms similar to those described below with respect to options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.
       If we are party to a merger or consolidation, then, as part of the agreed terms of such transaction, outstanding stock options may be continued (if we are a surviving corporation), assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation, or cancelled without payment to their holders.
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
       Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective on the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 1999 Stock Plan. We have reserved 1,358,352 shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, shares under our 1999 Stock Plan not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the date of this prospectus, and any shares issued under the 1999 Stock Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us or that are issuable upon exercise of options that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, will be available for grant and issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares available for grant and issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased on January 1 of each of 2008 through 2010 by an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 4.62% of our shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 and (2) a lesser number of shares as may be determined by our board of directors in its discretion. In addition, shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that are subject to:
  •  issuance upon exercise of an option granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and that cease to be subject to the option for any reason other than exercise of the option;
 
  •  an award granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price; or
 
  •  an award granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminates without shares being issued.
       Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate after ten years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. The plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and stock bonuses. No person is eligible to receive more than                      shares in any calendar year under the plan other than a new employee of ours or a new employee of any parent or subsidiary of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than                      shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.
       Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are non-employee directors under applicable federal securities laws and outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.
       Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and may be granted only to our employees or employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. No more than 7,000,000 shares will be issued pursuant to the grant of incentive stock options. All awards other than incentive stock options may be granted to our employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors or any parent or subsidiary of ours, provided the consultants, independent contractors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.

76


Table of Contents

The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. The exercise price of nonqualified stock options will be determined by our compensation committee at the time of grant.
       Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with the shares issued subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. In general, options will vest over a four-year period. The maximum term of options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.
       A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions. The price of a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting ceases on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares are forfeited to us.
       Stock bonuses are granted as additional compensation for performance, and therefore, are not issued in exchange for cash.
       Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.
       Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right due to termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If the restricted stock unit has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the restricted stock unit agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.
       Awards granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation committee, awards that are nonqualified stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the option by a permitted transfer. Awards that are incentive stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us or any parent or subsidiary of ours. Options will generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.
       The purchase price for restricted stock will be determined by our compensation committee. Stock bonuses may be issued for past services or may be awarded upon the completion of services or performance goals.
       If we are dissolved or liquidated or have a change in control transaction, the vesting of all outstanding awards may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. Outstanding awards that are not assumed or substituted will expire upon the dissolution, liquidation or closing of a change in control transaction. In the discretion of our compensation committee, the vesting of these awards may be accelerated upon the occurrence of one of these transactions.

77


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan
       We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on their first pay period. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. We currently make no company contributions on behalf of participants to the plan, but can do so in the discretion of our board of directors. Pre-tax contributions by participants to the plan and the income earned on such contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. Each participant’s retirement benefit under the plan is determined solely on the basis of contributions made on such participant’s behalf and earnings thereon. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan.
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
       Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately following the completion of this offering includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breach of fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability:
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
       Our restated bylaws that will become effective immediately following the completion of this offering provide that:
  •  we must indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to very limited exceptions;
 
  •  we may indemnify our other employees and agents as permitted by Delaware law;
 
  •  we must advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to very limited exceptions; and
 
  •  the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.
       Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers to provide additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers. Presently, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, executive officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
       We have liability insurance for our directors and officers, including coverage for public securities matters.

78


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
       In addition to the compensation arrangements, including the employment, termination and change-in-control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed above under “Management,” and the registration rights described below under “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2003 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $60,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Loan Guarantee; Warrant to Purchase Our Series D Preferred Stock and Sale of Our Series E Preferred Stock
       In May 2002, Monaco Partners, L.P. agreed to guarantee our payment obligations under a loan and security agreement between us and Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. Monaco, which is controlled by James H. Clark, our Chairman, beneficially owned 28.2% of our common stock as of May 31, 2006. Other entities controlled by Mr. Clark beneficially owned 12.0% of our common stock as of that date.
       The guarantee agreement gave Monaco a right to purchase our payment obligations (consisting of unpaid principal, accrued interest, and certain fees and expenses) under the loan and security agreement from SVB and assume all of SVB’s rights under that agreement. In exchange for this guarantee, we issued Monaco a warrant to purchase 60,252 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a price of $0.10 per share and gave Monaco a right to convert any amounts paid by Monaco to SVB pursuant to the guarantee agreement into shares of our capital stock. Monaco exercised the Series D preferred stock warrant in May 2002.
       In February 2003, Monaco exercised its purchase right pursuant to the guarantee agreement and paid SVB approximately $546,000 in full satisfaction of our payment obligations to SVB, and assumed all of SVB’s rights under the loan and security agreement, including rights to receive payment from us. We made monthly payments to Monaco against this amount beginning in March 2003. In July 2003, Monaco converted the approximately $439,000 then due from us to it into 717,545 shares of our Series E preferred stock.
Secured Loan Agreement; Sale of Warrants to Purchase Our Series D and Series E Preferred Stock
       In February 2003, we entered into a secured loan agreement with Monaco under which we borrowed a total of $2.5 million at an annual interest rate of 5% above the prime rate, with a maximum annual interest rate of 12%. We made interest payments to Monaco totaling $31,000 and $83,000 in 2003 and 2004, respectively. In December 2004, we paid Monaco the full amount due to it under the secured loan agreement. In connection with the loan agreement, we issued to Monaco warrants to purchase 137,500 shares of our Series D preferred stock and 112,500 shares of our Series E preferred stock, each at an exercise price of $0.615 per share. Monaco exercised these warrants in full in December 2004.
Acquisition of Memory Matrix, Inc.
       In June 2005, we acquired Memory Matrix, Inc., a Nevada corporation, in exchange for 229,994 shares of our common stock. Monaco Partners, L.P. controlled 14.1% of Memory Matrix at that time. In addition, Mr. Clark was a member of the board of directors of Memory Matrix immediately prior to the acquisition.

79


Table of Contents

Sale of Our Series F Preferred Stock
       In November 2005, we sold 1,353,730 shares of our Series F preferred stock to Sutter Hill Ventures and affiliated persons and entities at a purchase price of $14.774 per share. Sutter Hill beneficially owned 9.1% of our common stock as of May 31, 2006. In connection with Sutter Hill’s investment in our Series F preferred stock, we also entered into a voting agreement giving Sutter Hill the right to elect one member of our board of directors, which right expires upon the completion of this offering.
Purchases of Our Common Stock by Sutter Hill from Third Parties
       From December 2005 through May 2006, Sutter Hill and affiliated persons and entities purchased an aggregate of 260,000 shares of our common stock from three of our former officers at a weighted average price of $10.19 per share. In connection with Sutter Hill’s purchase of our Series F preferred stock in our Series F financing in November 2005, we agreed to assign to Sutter Hill our right of first refusal with respect to transfers of our capital stock for a period of six months following the closing of such financing.

80


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
       The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering by:
  •  each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
       Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
       Percentage ownership of our common stock in the table before the offering is based on 17,819,372 shares of our common stock outstanding on May 31, 2006, which includes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Percentage ownership of our common stock in the table after the offering also assumes the sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering by us. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Shutterfly, Inc., 2800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101, Redwood City, California 94065.
                         
        Percentage of Outstanding Shares
        Beneficially Owned
    Number of Shares    
Name of Beneficial Owner   Beneficially Owned   Before Offering   After Offering
             
5% Stockholders:
                       
Entities affiliated with James H. Clark(1)
    7,167,692       40.2 %        
Mohr, Davidow Ventures(2)
    4,088,510       22.9          
Sutter Hill Ventures and affiliated persons and entities(3)
    1,613,730       9.1          
Directors and Executive Officers:
                       
James H. Clark(1)
    7,167,692       40.2          
Nancy J. Schoendorf(2)
    4,088,510       22.9          
James N. White(4)
    1,206,212       6.8          
Patricia A. House(5)
    50,000       *          
Eric J. Keller(6)
    50,000       *          
Jeffrey T. Housenbold(7)
    1,288,146       6.7          
Stephen E. Recht(8)
    301,000       1.7          
Douglas J. Galen(9)
    250,000       1.4          
Jeannine M. Smith Thomas(10)
    449,453       2.5          
Andrew F. Young(11)
    377,883       2.1          
All 12 directors and executive officers as a group(12)
    15,526,396       76.4 %        
 
    * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock.
  (1)  Consists of 5,018,610 shares held by Monaco Partners, L.P., 1,947,082 shares held by JHC Investments, LLC, 17,000 shares held by JHC Investments 2000, LLC, 125,000 shares held by Woodside Ventures Limited Partnership, 50,000 shares held by Atherton Properties Partnership, L.P. and 10,000 shares held by Mountain Wood Properties, LLC, and excludes 40,816 shares subject to a warrant held by Monaco Partners,

81


Table of Contents

L.P. that expires upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Clark has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by Monaco Partners, L.P., JHC Investments LLC, JHC Investments 2000, LLC and Woodside Ventures Limited Partnership. Two of Mr. Clark’s adult children and one of their spouses have voting and investment power over the shares held by Atherton Properties Partnership, L.P. and Mountain Wood Properties, LLC. The address of Mr. Clark is 1700 Seaport Blvd., 4th Floor, Redwood City, CA 94063 and the address of the entities listed above is 777 East William Street #201, Carson City, NV 89701.

  (2)  Consists of 2,419,867 shares held by Mohr, Davidow Ventures V, L.P., 1,516,168 shares held by Mohr, Davidow Ventures V-L, L.P, and 152,475 shares held by Mohr, Davidow Ventures V, L.P. as nominee for MDV Entrepreneurs’ Network Fund II (A), L.P. and MDV Entrepreneurs’ Network Fund II (B), L.P. Ms. Schoendorf is a managing member of the general partners of the foregoing entities and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by these entities with Jon Feiber, the other managing member of the general partners. Ms. Schoendorf disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of her individual pecuniary interest in these entities. The address of Mohr, Davidow Ventures and Ms. Schoendorf is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 290, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
 
  (3)  Consists of (a) 1,204,205 shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures, A California Limited Partnership (“SHV”), (b) 1,684 shares held by SHV Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of James N. White, one of our directors and a managing director of the general partner of SHV, (c) 323 shares held by James N. White and Patricia A. O’Brien as Trustees of The White Family Trust U/A/D 4/3/97, (d) 397,165 shares held by eight other managing directors of the general partner of SHV and by family trusts, family partnerships or other entities associated with these individuals and (e) 10,353 shares held by other individuals affiliated with Sutter Hill and by entities associated with them. Mr. White shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by SHV with David L. Anderson, G. Leonard Baker, Jr., Tench Coxe, Gregory P. Sands, James C. Gaither, William H. Younger, Jr., Jeffrey W. Bird and David E. Sweet, each of whom is a managing director of the general partner of SHV. Messrs. White, Anderson, Baker, Coxe, Sands, Gaither, Younger, Bird and Sweet disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their individual pecuniary interest in SHV. Mr. White has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by SHV Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of James N. White and has shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by The White Family Trust, and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by The White Family Trust except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest in such trust. Mr. White and SHV do not have voting or investment power with respect to the shares referenced under part (d) and (e) of this note. The address of SHV and Mr. White is 755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200, Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005.
 
  (4)  Includes 1,204,205 shares held by SHV, 1,684 shares held by SHV Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of James N. White and 323 shares held by James N. White and Patricia A. O’Brien as Trustees of The White Family Trust U/A/D 4/3/97. Mr. White has shared voting and investment power as described in footnote (3) with respect to the shares held by SHV, sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by SHV Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of James N. White and shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by The White Family Trust. Mr. White disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by SHV and The White Family Trust except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest in SHV and The White Family Trust. The address of SHV and Mr. White is 755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200, Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005.
  (5)  Includes 50,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
 
  (6)  Includes 50,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
 
  (7)  Includes 1,288,146 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
  (8)  Includes 201,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
 
  (9)  Includes 250,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
(10)  Includes 189,600 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006 and 72,000 shares held in a trust for the benefit of Ms. Smith Thomas’ minor children.
 
(11)  Includes 221,600 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006.
 
(12)  Includes 2,507,846 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2006 and excludes 40,816 shares subject to a warrant held by Monaco Partners, L.P. that expires upon the completion of this offering.

82


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
       Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately following the completion of this offering, will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of applicable Delaware law.
Common Stock
       As of March 31, 2006, there were 17,820,533 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 279 shareholders of record. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,801,716 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately upon the completion of this offering. After this offering, there will be                      shares of our common stock outstanding, or                      shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option.
       Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.
       Voting Rights. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.
       No Preemptive or Similar Rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.
       Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Shutterfly, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.
       Fully Paid and Nonassessable. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
       As of March 31, 2006, there were 13,801,716 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into 13,801,716 shares of common stock. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will file our restated certificate of incorporation, which will delete all references to the prior series of preferred stock, and will authorize 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.
       Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions in each case without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that

83


Table of Contents

series then outstanding, unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our capital stock entitled to vote, or such other vote as may be required by the certificate of designation establishing the series. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of Shutterfly. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Warrants
       As of March 31, 2006, we had issued and outstanding warrants to purchase 75,229 shares of our Series A preferred stock, 74,897 shares of our Series B preferred stock, 4,245 shares of our Series C preferred stock and 2,809 shares of our Series D preferred stock. Following the completion of this offering, any warrants that remain outstanding will be exercisable for shares of our common stock.
       Of the warrants listed above, a warrant to purchase 40,816 shares of our Series B preferred stock expires immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The expiration dates of the other warrants are: (a) with respect to the Series A warrant, on the date we undergo a merger or consolidation meeting certain conditions or the later of three years following this offering or September 8, 2006, (b) with respect to a second Series B warrant, the date we undergo a merger or consolidation meeting certain conditions or the later of three years following this offering or March 8, 2007, (c) with respect to a third Series B warrant, the earlier of January 1, 2011 or the date we undergo a change of control or sell or transfer all or substantially all of our assets, (d) with respect to the Series C warrant, on the date we undergo a merger or consolidation meeting certain conditions or the earlier of three years following this offering or August 24, 2007 and (e) with respect to the Series D warrant, September 11, 2008.
Registration Rights
       Pursuant to the terms of our fifth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of approximately 13,732,545 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2006 or subject to warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006, including shares of common stock beneficially owned by holders of 5% or more of our common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below.
       Demand Registration Rights. At any time beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 40% of the shares having registration rights can request that we file a registration statement covering registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $7.5 million. We will only be required to file three registration statements upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.
       Piggyback Registration Rights. If we register any of our securities for public sale, holders of shares having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans or a corporate reorganization or acquisition. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right, in its sole discretion, to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 35% of the total shares

84


Table of Contents

covered by the registration statement unless no other stockholder’s shares are included in the registration statement.
       Form S-3 Registration Rights. The holders of at least 10% of the shares with registration rights can request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. The stockholders may only require us to file two registration statements on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.
       Expenses of Registration Rights. We will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with the registrations described above. However, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand or Form S-3 registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by a majority of the holders requesting that we file such registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.
       Expiration of Registration Rights. The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of such rights when, after this offering is completed, the holder owns registrable securities constituting 2% or less of our outstanding voting stock and can sell all of its registrable securities in any three-month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The registration rights described above will expire with respect to all holders five years after this offering is completed.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
       The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of Shutterfly.
       Delaware Law. We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved by the board or directors or the stockholders in a prescribed manner or meets other conditions. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.
       Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions. Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team, including the following:
  •  Board of directors vacancies. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships occurring on the board until the next annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be fixed exclusively by resolution of our board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.
 
  •  Classified board. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board

85


Table of Contents

  could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board, and the prospect of such delay may deter a potential offeror.
 
  •  Stockholder action; special meeting of stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. Stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. Our restated bylaws further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president.
 
  •  Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.
 
  •  Issuance of undesignated preferred stock. After the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, designated from time to time by the board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Nasdaq National Market Listing
       We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “SFLY.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
       The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Mellon Investor Services.

86


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
       Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding warrants or options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
       Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2006, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                     shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.
       The remaining                      outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our stockholders, except for the two stockholders specifically noted below under the heading “Lock-Up Agreements,” have entered into market stand-off agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of their stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
  •  Beginning on the effective date of the registration statement, the                      shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market.
 
  •  After 45 days following the effective date of the registration statement,                      additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, all of which                      shares will be freely tradable under Rule 144(k).
 
  •  After 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement,                      additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, all of which                      shares will be freely tradable under Rule 144(k).
 
  •  After 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement, the remaining                     shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                      shares will be freely tradable under Rule 144(k) and                      shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
       All of our directors and officers and all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of or hedging any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to such common stock, option or warrant for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., except for two stockholders, Dan Baum and Eva Manolis, two of our founders, who held a total of 391,700 shares as of May 31, 2006, who may sell their shares of our common stock without such prior written consent as follows pursuant to individual agreements with us: up to 1/3rd of such shares starting 45 days after the date of this prospectus; up to 2/3rd of such shares starting 90 days after the date of this prospectus; and all of such shares starting 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

87


Table of Contents

Rule 144
       In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person, or group of persons whose shares are required to be aggregated, including affiliates of Shutterfly, who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, or the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed. In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the requirements described above. When a person acquires shares from one of our affiliates, that person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate. However, any such shares that are eligible for sale under Rule 144 are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or waiver of those agreements.
Rule 701
       In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, an employee, officer, director, consultant or advisor who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 is eligible, 90 days after the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, to resell those shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period contained in Rule 144. However, the shares issued pursuant to Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or waiver of those agreements.
Registration of Shares Issued Pursuant to Benefits Plans
       We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the effective date of this offering to register shares to be issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options or rights exercised under our 1999 Stock Plan, our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan or any other benefit plan after the effectiveness of the registration statement will also be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the market stand-off and lock-up agreements discussed above. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144. As of March 31, 2006, there were outstanding options under our benefit plans for the purchase of 3,198,994 shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.41.
Registration Rights
       Pursuant to the terms of our fifth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, holders of approximately 13,732,545 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2006 or subject to warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2006 have registration rights with respect to those shares of common stock. For a discussion of these rights please see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” After such shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

88


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
       Shutterfly and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
           
Underwriters   Number of Shares
     
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
       
       
 
Total
       
       
       The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
       If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                      shares from Shutterfly to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
       The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Shutterfly. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                      additional shares.
                 
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
         
Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    
       Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
       Shutterfly and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of its common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for its common stock) have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of its common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the public offering date set forth in this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
       The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period Shutterfly issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, Shutterfly announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance

89


Table of Contents

of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. waives, in writing, such extension.
       Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among Shutterfly and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be Shutterfly’s historical performance, estimates of Shutterfly’s business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of Shutterfly’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
       An application has been made for quotation of Shutterfly’s common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “SFLY.”
       In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from Shutterfly in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
       The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
       Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
       Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
         (a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (“FSMA”) except to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”);
 
         (b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets

90


Table of Contents

  Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to Shutterfly; and
 
         (c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

       In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
         (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
         (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
         (c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by Shutterfly of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
       For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
       The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
       This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore

91


Table of Contents

(the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
       Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
       The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Securities and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
       A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view the preliminary prospectus and the final prospectus online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with Shutterfly to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically.
       Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by Shutterfly or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied on by investors.
       The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
       Shutterfly estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                    .
       Shutterfly has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

92


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
       Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.
EXPERTS
       Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
       We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.
      
       As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

93


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page
     
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  
    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Shutterfly, Inc.
       In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shutterfly, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
       As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Staff Position 150-5 (“FSP 150-5”), Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Free-standing Warrants and Other Instruments on Shares that are Redeemable, during the year ended December 31, 2005.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
June 27, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                         
    December 31,       Pro forma
        March 31,   March 31,
    2004   2005   2006   2006
                 
            (Unaudited — Note 2)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,781     $ 39,153     $ 26,067          
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $-, $21 and $14 (unaudited) at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006
    402       949       669          
 
Inventories
    824       1,077       675          
 
Deferred tax asset, current portion
          1,408       1,381          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,151       1,558       1,942          
                         
       
Total current assets
    16,158       44,145       30,734          
Property and equipment, net
    11,723       20,761       20,371          
Intangible assets, net
    1,621       1,618       1,530          
Deferred tax asset, net of current portion
          22,655       23,556          
Other assets
    363       373       480          
                         
       
Total assets
  $ 29,865     $ 89,552     $ 76,671          
                         
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
                               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 3,583     $ 3,871     $ 1,329          
 
Accrued liabilities
    6,402       11,520       3,322          
 
Deferred revenue
    3,995       4,564       4,383          
 
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    1,488       1,503       1,912          
                         
       
Total current liabilities
    15,468       21,458       10,946          
Other liabilities
    1,434       523       554          
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    2,709       3,646       2,608          
Preferred stock warrant liability
          1,535       1,413        
                         
       
Total liabilities
    19,611       27,162       15,521          
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
                               
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 14,635 shares authorized at December 31, 2004, 15,454 shares authorized at December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (unaudited), respectively; 12,448 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004, 13,802 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (unaudited), respectively; (liquidation preference: $131,367 at December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (unaudited)); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
    69,822       89,652       89,652        
                         
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
                               
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 35,365 shares authorized at December 31, 2004, 38,251 shares authorized at December 31, 2005 and at March 31, 2006 (unaudited); 2,827, 3,790 and 3,864 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2005, and at March 31, 2006 (unaudited), respectively; 17,666 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
                      2  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    7,505       10,501       10,568       101,631  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (2,003 )     (1,625 )     (1,264 )     (1,264 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (65,070 )     (36,138 )     (37,806 )     (37,806 )
                         
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (59,568 )     (27,262 )     (28,502 )   $ 62,563  
                         
     
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 29,865     $ 89,552     $ 76,671          
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                                 
        Three Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited — Note 2)
Revenues, net
  $ 31,395     $ 54,499     $ 83,902     $ 13,156     $ 16,883  
Cost of revenues(1)
    14,310       24,878       36,941       6,446       8,749  
                               
       
Gross profit
    17,085       29,621       46,961       6,710       8,134  
                               
Operating expenses(1):
                                       
 
Technology and development
    4,970       7,433       13,152       2,311       3,983  
 
Sales and marketing
    3,991       7,705       15,252       2,275       3,693  
 
General and administrative
    5,629       10,126       13,657       2,818       3,397  
                               
      14,590       25,264       42,061       7,404       11,073  
                               
Income (loss) from operations
    2,495       4,357       4,900       (694 )     (2,939 )
Interest expense
    (392 )     (471 )     (367 )     (54 )     (78 )
Other income (expense), net
    9       81       (103 )     65       475  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    2,112       3,967       4,430       (683 )     (2,542 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    (68 )     (258 )     24,060             874  
                               
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    2,044       3,709       28,490       (683 )     (1,668 )
                               
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                442              
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                               
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $     $     $ 4,720     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                               
Net income (loss) per share — basic and diluted:
                                       
   
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                  $ 1.31     $ (0.23 )        
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                    0.14                
                               
     
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $     $     $ 1.45     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
                               
     
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $     $     $ 1.02     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
                               
Weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
   
Basic
    1,574       2,231       3,255       2,918       3,805  
                               
   
Diluted
    1,574       2,231       4,609       2,918       3,805  
                               
Pro forma net income (loss) per share — basic (unaudited)
                  $ 1.82             $ (0.09 )
                               
Pro forma net income (loss) per share — diluted (unaudited)
                  $ 1.68             $ (0.09 )
                               
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                       
   
Basic
                    15,888               17,607  
                               
   
Diluted
                    17,242               17,607  
                               
(1) Stock-based compensation is allocated as follows (Notes 2 and 9):
                                       
Cost of revenues
  $ 3     $ 21     $ 28     $ 8     $ 11  
Technology and development
    32       263       826       92       143  
Sales and marketing
    11       117       239       44       87  
General and administrative
    124       1,790       2,217       517       170  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)
                                                                   
    Redeemable Convertible                      
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock   Additional   Deferred       Total
              Paid-In   Stock-Based   Accumulated   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Capital   Compensation   Deficit   Deficit
                                   
Balances, December 31, 2002
    11,480     $ 69,230         1,538     $     $ 3,070     $     $ (70,823 )   $ (67,753 )
Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connection with a loan from a related party
                              115                   115  
Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock upon conversion of loans, net of issuance cost of $1
    718       438                                        
Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
                              564       (564 )            
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
                                    166             166  
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, net of repurchases
                  364             91                   91  
Issuance of stock options to consultants in exchange for services
                              4                   4  
Net income
                                          2,044       2,044  
                                                   
Balances, December 31, 2003
    12,198       69,668         1,902             3,844       (398 )     (68,779 )     (65,333 )
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, net of repurchases
                  925             217                   217  
Issuance of convertible preferred stock upon exercise of warrants
    250       154                                        
Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
                              3,444       (3,444 )            
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
                                    858             858  
Stock-based compensation expense in connection with option modifications
                                    981             981  
Net income
                                          3,709       3,709  
                                                   
Balances, December 31, 2004
    12,448     $ 69,822         2,827     $     $ 7,505     $ (2,003 )   $ (65,070 )   $ (59,568 )
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)
                                                                   
    Redeemable                          
    Convertible Preferred                      
    Stock     Common Stock   Additional   Deferred Stock-       Total
              Paid-In   Based   Accumulated   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Capital   Compensation   Deficit   Deficit
                                   
Balances, December 31, 2004
    12,448     $ 69,822         2,827     $     $ 7,505     $ (2,003 )   $ (65,070 )   $ (59,568 )
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, net of repurchases
                  750             205                   205  
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net of issuance cost of $131
    1,354       19,830                                        
Stock-based compensation expense in connection with option modifications
                                    1,100             1,100  
Shares issued in connection with a settlement agreement with a former employee
                    65             352                   352  
Vested shares issued upon acquisition
                  109             656                   656  
Restricted shares issued upon acquisition
                              671       (671 )            
Vesting of restricted shares
                  39                   500             500  
Deferred stock- based compensation, net of cancellations
                              2,261       (2,261 )            
Tax benefit of stock options
                              365                   365  
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
                                    1,710             1,710  
Reclassification of preferred stock warrants to liability
                              (1,514 )                 (1,514 )
Net income
                                          28,932       28,932  
                                                   
Balances, December 31, 2005
    13,802       89,652         3,790             10,501       (1,625 )     (36,138 )     (27,262 )
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, net of repurchases (unaudited)
                  56             17                   17  
Vesting of restricted shares (unaudited)
                  18                   86             86  
Employees stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS No. 123R, net of estimated forfeiture (unaudited)
                              50                   50  
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations (unaudited)
                                    275             275  
Net loss (unaudited)
                                          (1,668 )     (1,668 )
                                                   
Balances, March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    13,802     $ 89,652         3,864     $     $ 10,568     $ (1,264 )   $ (37,806 )   $ (28,502 )
                                                   
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                                               
        Three Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited — Note 2)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    2,761       3,769       6,246       1,280       2,176  
 
Amortization of intangible assets
          379       276       31       88  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
    169       2,191       3,310       662       411  
 
Amortization of preferred stock warrants
    31       83                    
 
Change in carrying value of preferred stock warrant liability
                21             (122 )
 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    14       26       207       (6 )      
 
Deferred income taxes
                (23,833 )           (875 )
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
                                       
   
Inventories
    (21 )     (397 )     (253 )     333       403  
   
Accounts receivable, net
    (24 )     100       (547 )     (426 )     280  
   
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (331 )     (536 )     (398 )     600       (383 )
   
Other assets
    (11 )     36       (40 )           (106 )
   
Accounts payable
    1,016       828       (434 )     (3,048 )     (2,565 )
   
Accrued and other liabilities
    1,468       1,731       4,550       (1,802 )     (8,152 )
   
Deferred revenue
    1,997       1,148       569       242       (181 )
                               
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    9,113       13,067       18,606       (2,817 )     (10,694 )
                               
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (3,674 )     (7,400 )     (10,858 )     (1,201 )     (1,764 )
Cash acquired from acquisition of business
                239              
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
          14       6       6        
                               
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (3,674 )     (7,386 )     (10,613 )     (1,195 )     (1,764 )
                               
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Principal payments of capital lease obligations
    (1,041 )     (540 )     (2,379 )     (617 )     (634 )
Proceeds from loan from a related party
    2,500                          
Repayment of loan from a related party
          (2,500 )                  
Proceeds from term loan
                2,571              
Repayment of term loan
                (2,571 )            
Principal payment of note payable obligation
                (192 )            
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
          154       19,830              
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options
    116       316       134       2       8  
Repurchases of common stock
    (2 )           (14 )     (10 )     (2 )
                               
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,573       (2,570 )     17,379       (625 )     (628 )
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    7,012       3,111       25,372       (4,637 )     (13,086 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    3,658       10,670       13,781       13,781       39,153  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 10,670     $ 13,781     $ 39,153     $ 9,144     $ 26,067  
                               
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                                       
Cash paid during the period for interest
  $ 339     $ 490     $ 410     $ 54     $ 57  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
          152       70       70        
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities
                                       
Additions to property and equipment acquired under capital lease obligations and notes payable
    624       2,992       3,516              
Net non-cash assets acquired upon acquisition
                451              
Vested shares issued upon acquisition
                656              
Restricted shares issued upon acquisition
                724              
Reclassification of preferred stock warrants to liability
                1,514              
Issuance of preferred stock upon conversion of loan
    439                          
Issuance of preferred stock warrants
    115                          
Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations
    564       2,299       1,225       772        
Deferred stock-based compensation in connection with option modifications
          1,145       1,100       65        
Tax benefit of stock options recorded in additional paid-in capital
                365              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 1 — Formation and Business of the Company
       Shutterfly, Inc., (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1999 and began its services in December 1999. The Company is an Internet-based social expression and personal publishing service that enables customers to share, print and preserve their memories by leveraging a technology based platform and manufacturing processes. The Company provides customers a full range of products and services to organize and archive digital images; share pictures; order prints and create an assortment of personalized items such as cards, calendars and photo books. The Company is headquartered in Redwood City, California.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
       The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary acquired in 2005 (see Note 5). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Unaudited Interim Financial Information
       The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2006, the consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the three-month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended March 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2006 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.
Pro Forma Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)
       Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated herein, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically convert into common stock. The March 31, 2006 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data have been prepared assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 13,802 shares of common stock and the reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants from liabilities to stockholders’ equity (deficit).
Use of Estimates
       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and

F-8


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include intangible assets valuation, deferred tax asset valuation allowance, and the valuation of equity instruments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
       The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include various money market accounts, which are readily convertible to cash and are stated at cost, which approximates market. Cash equivalents amounted to $11,092 and $22,122 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $22,382 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
       The carrying amount of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value because of their short-term maturities. Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of borrowings, including capital lease obligations, approximates fair value.
Concentration of Credit Risk
       Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. Most of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2005 were deposited with financial institutions in the United States and Company policy restricts the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment. Deposits held with financial institutions may exceed federally insured limits.
       The Company’s accounts receivable are derived primarily from sales to customers located in the United States who make payments through credit cards. Credit card receivables settle relatively quickly. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary. To date, such losses have not been material and have been within management’s expectations.
       As of December 31, 2004, one customer from the Company’s photo processing fulfillment service accounted for 66% of its net accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, another customer from the Company’s photo processing fulfillment service accounted for 18% and 21% (unaudited), respectively, of its net accounts receivable.
Inventories
       Inventories are stated at the lower of cost on a first-in, first-out basis or market value. The value of inventories is reduced by estimates for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventories is based upon management’s review of utilization of inventories in light of projected sales, current market conditions and market trends. Inventories are primarily raw materials and consist primarily of photo finishing supplies.
Property and Equipment
       Property and equipment, including equipment under capital leases, are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using

F-9


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
the straight-line method over the estimated lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Amortization of equipment acquired under capital lease obligations is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets, generally three to four years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful lives, or the lease term if shorter, generally three to five years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred.
Website Development Costs
       The Company capitalizes eligible costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, and EITF 00-02, Accounting for Web Site Development Costs. Accordingly, the Company expenses all costs that relate to the planning and post implementation phases. Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and amortized over the product’s estimated useful life. The Company has capitalized website development costs incurred in the application development phase and unamortized cost is included in property and equipment and totaled approximately $649 and $2,187 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $2,173 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006. Capitalized costs are amortized over the useful life, which is generally three years. Amortization of capitalized cost totaled approximately $151, $204 and $404, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $75 (unaudited) and $149 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Costs associated with minor enhancements and maintenance for the Company’s website are expensed as incurred.
Long-Lived Assets
       The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS No. 144”). Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future cash flows arising from the asset using a discount rate determined by management to be commensurate with the risk inherent to the Company’s current business model.
Intangible Assets
       The Company accounts for intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”). Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives and are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144.
       In May 2005, the Company entered into a settlement and license agreement (the “Agreement”) to resolve litigation brought by a third party with respect to alleged infringement of certain processes

F-10


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
under U.S. patents. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company agreed to pay a total of $2,000, $1,000 of which was paid in 2005, and the remaining $1,000 was paid in January 2006. The Agreement provides the Company with a license to the third party’s patents, including a non- exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide license to the patents underlying the litigation. In conjunction with the agreement, the third party and the Company agreed to a mutual release of claims. The Company recorded the total value of the settlement as an intangible asset. The intangible asset is amortized ratably over its estimated life of 15 years as a cost of revenue.
       Intangible assets related to acquired workforce are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of one year (Note 5).
Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants
       Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 150. Under SFAS No. 150, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The warrants will be subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value will be recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified as common stock and additional paid-in-capital.
Revenue Recognition
       The Company generally recognizes revenue from product sales upon shipment when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. Revenues from amounts billed to customers, including prepaid orders, are deferred until shipment of fulfilled orders.
       The Company provides its customers with a 100% satisfaction guarantee whereby products can be returned within a 30-day period for a reprint or refund. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated future returns based on historical data. The provision for estimated returns is included in accrued liabilities. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, returns totaled less than 1% of net revenues and have been within management’s expectations.
       The Company periodically provides incentive offers to its customers in exchange for setting up an account and to encourage purchases. Such offers include free products and percentage discounts on current purchases. Discounts, when accepted by customers, are treated as a reduction to the purchase price of the related transaction and are presented in net revenues. Production costs related to free products are included in cost of revenues upon redemption.
       Shipping charged to customers is recognized as revenue.
Cost of Revenues
       Cost of revenues consist primarily of direct materials, the majority of which consists of paper, payroll and related expenses for direct labor, shipping charges, packaging supplies, distribution and fulfillment activities, rent for production facilities, depreciation of production equipment and third-party costs for photo-based merchandise. Cost of revenues also includes payroll and related expenses for

F-11


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
personnel engaged in customer service. In addition, cost of revenues includes any third-party software or patents licensed, as well as the amortization of capitalized website development costs.
Technology and Development Expense
       Technology and development expense consists primarily of payroll and related expenses for the development and ongoing maintenance of the Company’s website, infrastructure and software. These expenses include depreciation of the computer and network hardware used to run the Company’s website and store the customer data that the Company maintains, as well as amortization of purchased software. Technology and development expense also includes colocation and bandwidth costs. Technology and development costs are charged to operations as incurred.
Advertising Costs
       Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs are included in selling and marketing expenses and totaled approximately $1,068, $2,361 and $4,878 during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $755 (unaudited) and $915 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
       Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 25”), and related interpretations, and followed the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”). Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of the Company’s stock and the exercise price. Employee stock-based compensation determined under APB No. 25 is recognized using the multiple option method prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans (“FIN 28”), over the option vesting period.
       The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Emerging Issues Task Force Abstract No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (“EITF 96-18”), and FIN 28.

F-12


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       Under the disclosure requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS No. 148”), the following table presents the effect on net income (loss) if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provision of SFAS No. 123:
                                   
    Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
        Ended March 31,
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (Unaudited)
Net income (loss) — as reported
  $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )
Add: Stock-based compensation recognized under APB 25
    169       1,839       3,310       661  
Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax effect
    (191 )     (1,847 )     (4,072 )     (1,029 )
                         
Net income (loss) — pro forma
  $ 2,022     $ 3,701     $ 28,170     $ (1,051 )
                         
Basic net income (loss) per share
                               
 
As reported
  $     $     $ 1.45     $ (0.23 )
 
Pro forma
  $     $     $ 1.40     $ (0.36 )
Diluted net income (loss) per share
                               
 
As reported
  $     $     $ 1.02     $ (0.23 )
 
Pro forma
  $     $     $ 0.99     $ (0.36 )
       For disclosure purposes under SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Expected dividends
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.6 %     3.1 %     4.4 %
Volatility
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Expected life
    4  years       4  years       4  years  
       The weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was $0.51, $3.48 and $1.43, respectively.
       Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”), which supersedes its previous accounting under APB 25. SFAS No. 123R requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair-value based method, for costs related to all share-based payments including stock options. SFAS No. 123R requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method, which requires that for nonpublic entities that used the minimum value method for either pro forma or financial statement recognition purposes, SFAS No. 123R shall be applied to option grants after the required effective date. For options granted prior to the SFAS No. 123R effective date, which the requisite service period has not been performed as of January 1, 2006, the Company will continue to recognize compensation expense on the remaining unvested awards under the intrinsic-value method of APB 25. In addition,

F-13


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
the Company will continue amortizing those awards valued prior to January 1, 2006 utilizing an accelerated amortization schedule while all option grants valued after January 1, 2006 will be expensed on a straight-line basis.
Income Taxes
       The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
       Basic net income (loss) per share attributed to common shares is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common shares for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period as reduced by the weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase by the Company. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders is calculated using the two class method as the net income (loss) less preferred stock dividends for the period and amounts allocated to preferred stock to reflect the rights of the preferred stock to receive dividends in preference to common stock.
       Diluted net income (loss) per share attributed to common shares is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common shares for the period by the weighted average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the period, if the effect of each class of potential common shares is dilutive. Potential common shares include restricted common stock, common stock subject to repurchase rights, and incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants and upon conversion of preferred stock.

F-14


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
                                           
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited —
                Note 2)
Historical net income (loss) per share:
                                       
Numerator
                                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,044     $ 3,709     $ 28,932     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
 
Income allocable to preferred stockholders
    (2,044 )     (3,709 )     (24,212 )            
                               
 
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $     $     $ 4,720     $ (683 )   $ (1,668 )
                               
Denominator
                                       
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
    1,628       2,904       3,619       3,436       3,996  
 
Less: Weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase
    (54 )     (673 )     (364 )     (518 )     (191 )
                               
Denominator for basic net income (loss) per share
    1,574       2,231       3,255       2,918       3,805  
                               
 
Dilutive effect of stock options
                1,307              
 
Dilutive effect of outstanding preferred stock warrants
                47              
                               
Denominator for diluted net income (loss) per share
    1,574       2,231       4,609       2,918       3,805  
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $     $     $ 1.45     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
                               
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $     $     $ 1.02     $ (0.23 )   $ (0.44 )
                               
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited):
                                       
Numerator
                                       
 
Net income (loss)
                  $ 28,932             $ (1,668 )
                               
Denominator
                                       
 
Shares used above
                    3,255               3,805  
 
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of preferred stock
                    12,633               13,802  
                               
Denominator for pro forma basic net income (loss) per share
                    15,888               17,607  
                               
 
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of common stock options
                    1,307                
                               
 
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed net exercise of outstanding warrants
                    47                
                               
Denominator for pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share
                    17,242               17,607  
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share
                  $ 1.82             $ (0.09 )
                               
Diluted net income (loss) per share
                  $ 1.68             $ (0.09 )
                               
       The following weighted-average outstanding options, common stock subject to repurchase and convertible preferred stock warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per

F-15


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
common share for the periods presented because including them would have had an antidilutive effect:
                                         
        Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended March 31,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited —
                Note 2)
Options to purchase common stock and common stock subject to repurchase
    1,440       955             1,114       1,587  
Convertible preferred stock (as converted basis)
    11,756       12,199       12,633       12,448       13,802  
Convertible preferred stock warrants (as converted basis)
          25             40       57  
Comprehensive Income
       SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires an enterprise to report, by major components and as a single total, the change in net assets during the period from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, there was no difference between the Company’s comprehensive income (loss) and net income (loss).
Segment Reporting
       The Company operates in one industry segment — digital photofinishing services. The Company operates in one geographic area, being the United States of America.
       FASB Statement No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for products or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company reports as a single operating segment.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
       In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, the new rule requires that such items be recognized as current-period charges, regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. SFAS No. 151 was adopted as of January 1, 2006, and did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
       In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or APB, No. 20, Accounting Changes, and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements (“SFAS No. 154”). This statement requires retrospective application, unless impracticable, for changes in accounting

F-16


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
principles in the absence of transition requirements specific to newly adopted accounting principles. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 will be effective for the Company beginning on September 1, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of this statement on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
       In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP SFAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (“FSP 115-1 and 124-1”), which clarifies when an investment is considered impaired, whether the impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. It also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain related disclosures. FSP 115-1 and 124-1 will be effective for all reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not believe that adopting or applying either standard will have a material impact on our financial statements.
Note 3 — Change in Accounting Policy
       On June 29, 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position 150-5, Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 (“SFAS 150”) for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable (“FSP 150-5”). FSP 150-5 affirms that such warrants are subject to the requirements in SFAS 150, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or the redemption price. Therefore, under SFAS 150, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s convertible preferred stock are liabilities that should be recorded at fair value. The Company previously accounted for freestanding warrants for the purchase of convertible preferred stock under EITF Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (“EITF 96-18”).
       The Company adopted FSP 150-5 and accounted for the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle as of July 1, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the impact of the change in accounting principle was to increase net income by $442, or $0.14 per share. There was $464 of additional expense recorded in other income (expense), net to reflect the increase in fair value between July 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005. In the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company recorded $122 (unaudited) of additional income reflected as other income (expense), net to reflect the decrease in fair value between January 1, 2006 and March 31, 2006.
       The pro forma effect of the adoption SFAS No. 150 on the Company’s results of operations for 2003, 2004 and 2005, if applied retroactively, assuming SFAS No. 150 had been adopted in those years, has not been disclosed, as these amounts would not be materially different from the reported amounts.

F-17


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Note 4 — Balance Sheet Components
Property and Equipment
                         
    December 31,    
        March 31,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (Unaudited)
Computer and other equipment
  $ 16,694     $ 25,658     $ 26,914  
Software
    4,063       7,524       7,955  
Leasehold improvements
    2,105       3,189       3,285  
Furniture and fixtures
    404       990       994  
                   
      23,266       37,361       39,148  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (11,543 )     (16,600 )     (18,777 )
                   
Net property and equipment
  $ 11,723     $ 20,761     $ 20,371  
                   
       Property and equipment includes $5,598 and $7,050 of equipment and software under capital leases at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $7,050 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006. Accumulated depreciation of assets under capital leases totaled $2,320 and $2,703 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $3,103 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006.
       Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was $2,761, $3,769 and $6,246, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 was $1,280 (unaudited) and $2,176 (unaudited), respectively.
Intangible Assets
                           
        Accumulated    
    Gross   Amortization   Net
             
As of December 31, 2004
                       
 
Purchased technology
  $ 2,000     $ (379 )   $ 1,621  
                   
As of December 31, 2005
                       
 
Purchased technology
  $ 2,030     $ (505 )   $ 1,525  
 
Acquired workforce
    279       (186 )     93  
                   
    $ 2,309     $ (691 )   $ 1,618  
                   
As of March 31, 2006 (unaudited) 
                       
 
Purchased technology
  $ 2,030     $ (538 )   $ 1,492  
 
Acquired workforce
    279       (241 )     38  
                   
    $ 2,309     $ (779 )   $ 1,530  
                   
       Amortization of existing intangibles is estimated to be approximately $158 per year through 2015.

F-18


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Accrued Liabilities
                         
    December 31,    
        March 31,
    2004   2005   2006
             
Accrued marketing expenses
  $ 1,138     $ 1,318     $ 901  
Accrued compensation
    583       977       854  
Accrued purchases
    680       3,845       119  
Accrued taxes
    484       221        
Current portion of accrued license fee
    1,000       1,000        
Accrued legal and accounting fees
    640       445       606  
Accrued consultant expenses
    294       1,059       334  
Accrued lab expenses
    589       1,316       255  
Accrued colocation services
    42       223       120  
Accrued other
    952       1,116       133  
                   
    $ 6,402     $ 11,520     $ 3,322  
                   
Other Liabilities
                         
    December 31,    
        March 31,
    2004   2005   2006
             
Long-term portion of accrued license fee
  $ 1,000     $     $  
Deferred rent
    434       523       554  
                   
    $ 1,434     $ 523     $ 554  
                   
Note 5 — Acquisition
       On June 1, 2005, the Company acquired 100% of Memory Matrix, Inc., (“Memory Matrix”) a Nevada corporation, in exchange for 109 shares of common stock. The acquisition was effected using a “reverse triangular” merger in which a wholly owned Shutterfly subsidiary was merged with and into Memory Matrix, resulting in Memory Matrix becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Shutterfly. Memory Matrix was considered to be a “developmental stage” enterprise and did not meet the definition of a “business” under SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, for business combination purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, the acquisition of Memory Matrix was accounted for as an acquisition of assets.
       As additional consideration for the acquisition, the Company also issued 121 shares of common stock to the employees of Memory Matrix, subject to vesting and repurchase rights over a period of 18 months. $671 of deferred stock-based compensation was recorded based on the intrinsic value of the shares at the time of the acquisition. The Company recognized $500 and $86 (unaudited) of stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006, respectively, relating to the vesting of the restricted shares.
       The total purchase price was $690, based on an estimated per share fair value of $6.00 on the date of the transaction, and was allocated to various tangible and intangible assets, which consisted of $239 of cash, $9 of prepaids, $35 of fixed assets, $279 of acquired workforce, $564 of core technology, related deferred tax liability of $336 and assumed liabilities of $100. In addition, we recorded a deferred tax asset on the date of acquisition of $201, which was offset in full by a valuation allowance. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the valuation allowance was released, which reduced non-current intangibles accordingly.

F-19


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       The acquired workforce intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over one year. The net core technology asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the asset’s life, which is estimated as three years, when placed into service.
Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
       The Company leases office and production space under various noncancelable operating leases that expire no later than July 2010. Rent expense was $918, $1,131 and $1,181, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $262 (unaudited) and $311 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
       Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. When a lease provides for fixed escalations of the minimum rental payments, the difference between the straight-line rent charged to expense, and the amount payable under the lease is recognized as deferred rent.
       During 2002, the Company accrued $209 for lease costs pertaining to the estimated future obligations for noncancelable lease payments for excess office facilities that were vacated. The Company estimated minimum sublease income in determining the lease loss reserve. In 2003, the Company reversed $89 of previously accrued building lease costs due to a change in the intended use of its production facility. The lease for the vacated office facilities expired in August 2004.
       The Company leases certain equipment, software and colocation services under non-cancellable capital leases, operating leases or long-term agreements that expire at various dates through the year 2010. The leased equipment is subject to a security interest. The total outstanding obligation under capital leases at December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 was $5,149 and $4,520 (unaudited), respectively.
       At December 31, 2005, the total future minimum payments under non-cancelable scheduled rentals are as follows:
                         
    Purchase   Operating   Capital
    Obligations   Leases   Leases
             
Year Ending
                       
2006
  $ 1,820     $ 1,132     $ 1,669  
2007
          1,303       2,110  
2008
          1,349       1,364  
2009
          1,396       483  
2010 and thereafter
          817        
                   
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 1,820     $ 5,997       5,626  
                   
Less: Amount representing interest
                    (477 )
                   
Present value of future minimum lease payments
                    5,149  
Less: Current portion
                    (1,503 )
                   
Noncurrent portion of capital lease obligations
                  $ 3,646  
                   
       Purchase obligations consist of non-cancellable marketing agreements and colocation services.
       In October 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with a leasing company to establish a line of credit which enabled the Company to finance up to $1,000 in equipment purchases under capital leases (the “Lease Line”).

F-20


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       Under the Lease Line, the Company was required to maintain certain financial and non-financial covenants. In May 2002, a stockholder of the Company provided the lessor with a guarantee and compliance with the covenants was waived by the lessor. The guarantee included a call option that the guarantor was able to exercise at any time during the lease term. The exercise of the option would have resulted in payment of all due amounts to the lessor at the time of exercise and transferring of all rights and obligations under the lease line to the guarantor. In connection with the guarantee, the Company entered into a warrant purchase agreement with the stockholder and issued warrants to purchase 60 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock (See Note 8). The agreement included, among other things, a right of the stockholder to convert any outstanding amount of the assumed loan, given that the call option included in the guarantee agreement was exercised, into shares of convertible preferred stock at a conversion rate of $0.6123 per share.
       In February 2003, the Company’s stockholder exercised its call option. In July 2003, the stockholder converted the then outstanding assumed loan in the amount of $439 into 718 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock.
Indemnifications
       In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representation and warranties and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves future claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.
       In accordance with its bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while they are serving at the Company’s request in such a capacity. There have been no claims to date and the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that enables it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future claims.
Contingencies
       From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. The Company accrues contingent liabilities when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.
Note 7 — Loan Payable
       In February 2003, the Company received a $2,500 loan from a stockholder to finance working capital. The loan was repayable commencing March 2004, based on a 36-month repayment schedule. Any remaining outstanding balance was due and immediately payable at the end of February 2006. The loan bore an annual interest rate of 5% above the Prime Rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, and not to exceed 12%. The Prime Rate was adjusted on a monthly basis. The Company granted the lender a continuing security interest in all of its assets. The loan agreement provided for certain financial and non-financial covenants, the breach of which could have resulted in an increase in the interest rate or the loan being immediately callable.
       In connection with this loan, the Company issued warrants to purchase 138 and 113 shares of Series D and E convertible preferred stock, respectively. The warrants each had an exercise price of

F-21


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
$0.615 per share. The fair value of the warrants was estimated at an aggregate of $115 using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 70%, risk free interest rate of 4.24%, expected life of 10 years and no dividends. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to the loan and was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the loan term. The Company repaid the entire amount of the loan during 2004. A total of $31 and $83 was recognized as interest expense during the periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The warrants were fully exercised in 2004.
       In August 2005, the Company entered into a $7,000 term loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to finance equipment purchases. The loan was repayable commencing September 2005, based on a 36-month repayment schedule. Any remaining outstanding balance was due and immediately payable at the beginning of August 2008. The loan bore an annual interest rate on the outstanding principal amount from the date when made until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Term Margin. The Applicable Term Margin was based on the Cash Flow Leverage Ratio, and ranged from 0.50% to 1.0%. The loan agreement provided for certain financial and non-financial covenants, the breach of which could have resulted in an increased interest rate or the loan being immediately callable.
       The Company borrowed $2,571 on this loan in August 2005, and repaid the full balance in November 2005. A total of $125 was recognized as interest expense during the period ended December 31, 2005.
Note 8 — Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
       Under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, the Company is authorized to issue 15,453 shares of preferred stock, which have been designated as Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock, respectively.
       Redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2005 consists of the following:
                                 
            Proceeds
    Shares       Net of
        Liquidation   Issuance
Series   Authorized   Outstanding   Amount   Costs
                 
A
    3,461       3,329     $ 8,906     $ 8,889  
B
    1,143       1,031       25,264       25,243  
C
    928       876       23,222       23,202  
D
    3,083       3,080       43,856       9,999  
E
    4,132       4,132       10,119       2,489  
F
    2,707       1,354       20,000       19,830  
                         
      15,454       13,802     $ 131,367     $ 89,652  
                         
       The holders of convertible preferred stock have the rights and preferences as follows:
Dividends
       The holders of shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock of the

F-22


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Company, at the rate of $0.214, $1.96, $2.12, $0.285, $0.049 and $1.182 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalization), respectively, per share per annum. Additionally, the holders of shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in any additional dividends on a per share as-if-converted basis with shares of common stock. Such dividends are payable when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (“the Board”), and are not cumulative. As of December 31, 2005, no dividends had been declared.
Liquidation
       In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per share equal to (A) in the case of the Series E convertible preferred stock: $0.6123 plus an amount equal to 300% of the Series E issue price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations), plus any declared, but unpaid dividends on such shares, and (B) in the case of the Series F convertible preferred stock: $14.774, plus any declared, but unpaid dividends on such shares. After the payment to the holders of the Series F and Series E convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per share equal to $3.56 plus an amount equal to 300% of the issue price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations), plus any declared, but unpaid dividends on such shares. After the payment to the holders of Series F, Series E and Series D convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per share equal to $2.675, $24.50 and $26.50 for each outstanding share of Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible preferred stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations), respectively, plus any declared, but unpaid dividends on such shares.
       After payment has been made to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock, any remaining assets and funds are to be distributed among the holders of common stock ratably based on the number of shares of common stock held by each stockholder.
       A merger, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction possess less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) immediately after the transaction shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
Voting Rights
       The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock could be converted on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, except as otherwise required by law, and has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of common stock.

F-23


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Conversion
       Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock which results from dividing the per share conversion price in effect for the convertible preferred stock at the time of conversion by the per share conversion value of such shares. The initial per share conversion price of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock is $2.675, $24.50, $26.50, $3.56, $0.6123 and $14.774, respectively.
       Conversion is automatic at its then effective conversion rate (i) immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock in which (a) the public offering price equals or exceeds $20 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) and (b) the aggregate proceeds raised equal or exceed $25 million, or (ii) at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. The price at which shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock convert into common stock upon completion of an underwritten public offering was subsequently modified in June 2006 from $20 to $12 per share (see Note 13).
Warrants for Convertible Preferred Stock
       In connection with various financings and other commercial arrangements, the Company has issued warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock. Amortization expense relating to warrants for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 was $31 and $83, respectively.
       As of December 31, 2005, outstanding preferred stock warrants consisted of:
                                     
                Number    
                of Shares   Fair Value
        Convertible       Outstanding   at
        Preferred   Exercise   Underlying   December 31,
Issue Date   Term   Stock   Price   Warrant   2005
                     
September 1999
    7     Series A   $ 2.68       37     $ 283  
September 1999
    7     Series A   $ 2.68       38       286  
March 2000
    7     Series B   $ 24.50       4       17  
June 2000
    10     Series B   $ 24.50       41       400  
August 2000
    7     Series C   $ 26.50       4       22  
January 2001
    10     Series B   $ 3.56       30       494  
September 2001
    7     Series D   $ 3.60       3       32  
                             
                          157     $ 1,535  
                             
       As discussed in Note 3, in 2005 we reclassified the freestanding preferred stock warrants as a liability and began adjusting the warrants to fair value at each reporting period.
Note 9 — Common Stock
       The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 38,250,757 shares of $0.0001 par value per share common stock.

F-24


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       The Company had reserved shares of common stock for the following:
         
    As of
    December 31,
    2005
     
Stock option plans
    7,226  
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock
    3,461  
Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock
    1,143  
Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock
    928  
Conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock
    3,083  
Conversion of Series E convertible preferred stock
    4,132  
Conversion of Series F convertible preferred stock
    2,707  
       
      22,680  
       
Incentive Stock Plan
       In September 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the Company may issue shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock to employees, directors and consultants. Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options (“ISO”) may be granted only to Company employees, which includes officers and directors of the Company. Non-qualified stock options (“NSO”) and stock purchase rights may be granted to employees and consultants. Options under the Plan may be granted at prices not less than 85% of the deemed fair value of the shares on the date of the grant as determined by the Board, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the deemed fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the deemed fair value of the shares on the date of grant. The Board determines the period over which options become exercisable. The term of the options is no longer than five years for ISOs for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock and no longer than ten years for all other options. Options granted to date generally vest over four years.

F-25


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Stock Option Activity
       A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plans at March 31, 2006 and changes during the period then ended is presented in the table below (share numbers and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):
                                         
    Shares       Weighted   Weighted    
    Available   Number of   Average   Average   Aggregate
    for   Options   Exercise   Contractual   Intrinsic
    Grant   Outstanding   Price   Term (Years)   Value
                     
Balances, December 31, 2002
    436       2,259     $ 0.40                  
Granted
    (1,131 )     1,131       0.64                  
Exercised
            (405 )     0.11                  
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    850       (848 )     0.42                  
                               
Balances, December 31, 2003
    155       2,137       0.31                  
Additional authorized
    1,000                                
Granted
    (687 )     687       0.30                  
Exercised
            (1,448 )     0.22                  
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    42       (40 )     0.50                  
                               
Balances, December 31, 2004
    510       1,336       0.40                  
Additional authorized
    2,720                                
Granted
    (2,372 )     2,372       5.12                  
Exercised
            (315 )     0.35                  
Forfeited, cancelled or expired
    501       (375 )     2.89                  
                               
Balances, December 31, 2005
    1,359       3,018       3.91                  
Additional authorized (unaudited)
    596                              
Granted (unaudited)
    (255 )     255       10.00                  
Exercised (unaudited)
            (25 )     0.35                  
Forfeited, cancelled or expired (unaudited)
    56       (49 )     4.69                  
                               
Balances, March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    1,756       3,199     $ 4.41       8.58     $ 19,139  
                               
Options vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
            2,985     $ 4.33       8.55     $ 18,076  
Options vested at March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
            866     $ 2.47       7.47     $ 6,866  
       In October 2001, the Company granted an NSO option to purchase 139 shares of common stock to a Board member outside of the Plan. The Board member exercised this option in December 2003.
       During the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 255 shares of common stock with an estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of $4.43. The total fair value of options that vested during the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $50 (unaudited) The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $249 (unaudited). Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $9 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2006. As permitted by SFAS No. 123R, we have deferred the recognition of our excess tax benefit.

F-26


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding, vested and exercisable at December 31, 2005:
                                                         
                Options Vested and
            Options Outstanding   Exercisable
                 
                Weighted Avg.        
        Shares Underlying   Remaining        
Range of Exercise       Outstanding Options   Contractual   Weighted Avg.   As of   Weighted Avg.
Prices       as of 12/31/05   Term   Ex Price   12/31/05   Ex Price
                         
$ 0.10     $ 0.10           84       7.18     $ 0.10       68     $ 0.10  
$ 0.30     $ 0.30           463       8.34     $ 0.30       136     $ 0.30  
$ 0.50     $ 0.50           269       5.79     $ 0.50       268     $ 0.50  
$ 3.50     $ 3.50           14       4.28     $ 3.50       14     $ 3.50  
$ 5.00     $ 5.00           1,344       9.08     $ 5.00       3     $ 5.00  
$ 5.50     $ 5.50           823       9.51     $ 5.50           $ 0.00  
$ 10.00     $ 10.00           21       9.93     $ 10.00           $ 0.00  
                                           
$ 0.10     $ 10.00           3,018       8.72     $ 3.91       489     $ 0.50  
                                           
       As of December 31, 2004, options to purchase 645 shares were vested and exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $0.48.
Early Exercise of Employee Options
       Stock options granted under the Company’s stock option plan provide employee option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. Unvested shares, which amounted to 698 and 138 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 100 (unaudited) at March 31, 2006, were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionees’ employment is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily. For exercises of employee options, this right lapses 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting start date and in 36 equal monthly amounts thereafter. These repurchase terms are considered to be a forfeiture provision and do not result in variable accounting. In accordance with EITF No. 00-23, Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation under APB No. 25, the shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed to be outstanding until those shares vest. In addition, cash received from employees for exercise of unvested options is treated as a refundable deposit shown as a liability in the Company’s financial statements. For the periods ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and March 31, 2006, cash received for early exercise of options totaled to $123 , $38, and $27 (unaudited), respectively. Amounts so recorded are transferred into common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.
       The activity of nonvested shares for the three months ended March 31, 2006 as a result of early exercise of options granted to employees is as follows:
         
Nonvested shares   Shares
     
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    138  
Early exercise of options (unaudited)
    3  
Vested (unaudited)
    (41 )
       
Balance as of March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
    100  
       

F-27


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Non-Employee Stock Options
       During 2003, the Company granted options to purchase 10 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to consultants in consideration for their services rendered to the Company. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense associated with these options as they vest and estimates their fair value based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model and its applicable assumptions at each reporting period. Accordingly, in 2003 the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense totaling $4. The following assumptions were utilized: expected dividend yield of 0%; risk-free interest rate ranging from 2.45% to 2.66%; expected volatility of 70%; and remaining contractual life of 10 years.
Stock-based Compensation Associated with Awards to Employees
       All options granted were intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than fair market value of the shares of the Company’s stock underlying those options on their respective dates of grant. The Board determined these fair market values in good faith based on the best information available to the Board and Company’s management at the time of the grant. Although the Company believes these determinations accurately reflect the historical value of the Company’s common stock, management has retroactively revised the valuation of its common stock for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense. Accordingly, in the periods ending December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 for such stock and options issued to employees, the Company has recorded deferred stock-based compensation of $564, $2,299 and $1,225, respectively, net of cancellations, of which the Company amortized $166, $858, $1,547 and $275 (unaudited) of stock-based compensation in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the three months ended March 31, 2006, respectively.
       Information on employee stock options granted in 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 is summarized as follows:
                                 
    Number of            
    Options   Exercise   Fair Value Estimate   Intrinsic Value per
    Granted   Price   per Common Share   Option Share
                 
January 17, 2005
    1,038,146     $ 5.00     $ 5.56     $ 0.56  
February 3, 2005
    34,750       5.00       5.61       0.61  
March 16, 2005
    273,000       5.00       5.75       0.75  
May 3, 2005
    357,100       5.50       5.90       0.40  
June 23, 2005
    263,950       5.50       6.14       0.64  
August 18, 2005
    294,511       5.50       6.48       0.98  
September 28, 2005
    58,250       5.50       8.17       2.67  
October 6, 2005
    23,200       5.50       8.62       3.12  
October 20, 2005
    7,250       5.50       9.43       3.93  
December 5, 2005
    22,050       10.00       10.09       0.09  
January 20, 2006
    230,250       10.00       10.19       0.19  
February 1, 2006
    25,000       10.00       10.29       0.29  
       At December 31, 2005, the Company had deferred stock-based compensation under APB 25, as shown in the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) of $1,625 of which $1,105 is expected to be amortized in 2006, $393 in 2007, $117 in 2008 and $10 in 2009.

F-28


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       On July 28, 2004, the Company entered into a transition agreement with one of its executive officers whereby vesting of previously granted options was accelerated resulting in a new measurement date at the date of modification. This executive officer resigned as an executive officer effective December 31, 2004 and resigned as an employee of the Company effective January 31, 2005. A total of 316 shares would have been forfeited under the original option terms resulting in total compensation expense of $1,145. The total compensation expense was measured as the sum of (a) the intrinsic value at the original measurement date and (2) the intrinsic value of the modified award that exceeds the lesser of the intrinsic value of this original award at the original measurement date or (3) immediately prior to its modification. A total of $981 and $164 was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
       On August 13, 2004 the Company entered into a transition agreement with one of its executive officers. Upon termination, the agreement provided for acceleration of 25% of the officer’s unvested options. The agreement also provided for an extension of the time to exercise any vested options, from 90 days to 270 days from the date of the officer’s termination. In February 2005, this executive officer resigned and 17 shares that would have been forfeited under the original option terms were accelerated, resulting in total stock-based compensation expense of $65. In November 2005, this executive officer exercised options for 293 shares. As expense recognition for the additional 276 shares was contingent on whether this executive officer took the benefit of the vesting extension, additional stock-based compensation expense was not recognized until the November exercise when $1,036 was recorded. Stock-based compensation expense for the February and November 2005 charges was measured as the sum of (a) the intrinsic value at the original measurement date and (b) the intrinsic value of the modified award that exceeds the lesser of (1) the intrinsic value of the original award at the measurement date or (2) immediately prior to its modification.
       In March 2005, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with a former employee, whereby the Company allowed the former employee to retain 65 shares of common stock and repurchased 29 shares of common stock at its original purchase price. These shares were previously deemed repurchased by the Company. In connection with this settlement, the Company recorded $352 as stock-based compensation as of December 31, 2004, computed at the fair value of the common stock at the date of settlement.
Adoption of SFAS No. 123R (Unaudited)
       The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006. Under SFAS No. 123R, the Company estimated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical and implied volatility of a peer group of publicly traded entities. The expected term of options gave consideration to historical exercises, post vest cancellations and the options contractual term. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury

F-29


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Constant Maturity rate as of March 31, 2006. The assumptions used to value options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2006 were as follows:
         
    Three Months
    Ended
    March 31, 2006
     
    (Unaudited)
Dividend yield
     
Annual risk free rate of return
    4.83 %
Expected volatility
    46.48 %
Expected term (years)
    4.17  
       Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2006 was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS No. 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
       As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006, the Company’s net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2006, was higher by $32 (unaudited), net of tax effect, than if the Company had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted net loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2006 would have been lower by $(0.01) (unaudited), than if the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123R. At March 31, 2006, the Company had $2,026 (unaudited) of total unrecognized compensation expense under SFAS 123R, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.44 years.
Note 10 — Income Taxes
       The following table reflects the components of the provision for income taxes of the Company:
                     
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Federal:
               
 
Current
  $67   $194   $ (187 )
 
Deferred
        (20,230 )
               
   
Total
  $67   $194   $ (20,417 )
               
State:
               
 
Current
  $1   $64   $ (40 )
 
Deferred
        (3,603 )
               
   
Total
  $1   $64   $ (3,643 )
               
Total income tax expense (benefit):
               
 
Current
  $68   $258   $ (227 )
 
Deferred
        (23,833 )
               
   
Total
  $68   $258   $ (24,060 )
               

F-30


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
       The Company’s actual tax expense (benefit) differed from the statutory federal income tax rate of 34%, as shown in the following schedule:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Income tax expense at statutory rate
    34.0%       34.0%       34.0%  
State income taxes
    5.8%       5.8%       5.8%  
Stock-based compensation
    3.7%       7.4%       10.7%  
Non-qualified deductions
                (13.1 )%
Change in valuation allowance
    (36.0 )%     (38.0 )%     (527.7 )%
Other
    (4.3 )%     (2.7 )%     (3.5 )%
                   
      3.2%       6.5%       (493.8 )%
                   
       Historically, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the majority of which relate to net operating loss carryforwards generated before it achieved profitability. During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the tax benefit associated with these deferred tax assets would be realized, resulting in a net tax benefit of $24,060 resulting primarily from the release of the deferred tax valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $620 and decreased by $3,050 and $25,008 during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
       At December 31, 2005, the Company had approximately $57,000 and $53,000 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, to reduce future regular taxable income. These carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in the year 2020 for federal and 2008 for state purposes, if not utilized.
       The Tax Reform Act of 1986 limits the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the case of an “ownership change” of a corporation or separate return loss year limitations. Any ownership changes, as defined, may restrict utilization of carryforwards.
       The Company also has federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $500 and $400 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, at December 31, 2005. The research and development credits may be carried forward over a period of 20 years for federal tax purposes, and indefinitely for California tax purposes.
       The components of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2005 are:
                       
    December 31,
     
    2004   2005
         
Deferred tax assets
               
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 25,137     $ 22,646  
 
Reserves and other tax benefits
    412       1,408  
 
Tax credits
    614       823  
             
   
Deferred tax assets
    26,163       24,877  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (1,155 )     (632 )
 
Other deferred tax liabilities
          (182 )
             
   
Deferred tax liabilities
    (1,155 )     (814 )
Valuation allowance
    (25,008 )      
             
     
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $ 24,063  
             

F-31


Table of Contents

SHUTTERFLY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts) — (Continued)
Note 11 — Employee Benefit Plan
       In 2000 the Company established a 401(k) plan under the provisions of which eligible employees may contribute an amount up to 15% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company matches employees’ contributions at the discretion of the Board. To date, no matching contributions have been made by the Company.
Note 12 — Related Party Transactions
       During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company entered into several transactions with one of its stockholders. The transactions involved issuance of warrants and conversion of certain loans into Series E Convertible preferred stock (see Note 7) and entering into a debt financing agreement (see Note 6). During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company recorded $189 and $206 of interest expense related to these loans.
       On June 1, 2005, the Company acquired Memory Matrix (see Note 5). Monaco Partners, L.P., a beneficial owner of the Company’s capital stock, owned 14.1% of Memory Matrix immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition. James H. Clark, who is a director and stockholder of the Company, controls Monaco Partners, L.P. Mr. Clark was a member of the board of directors of Memory Matrix immediately prior to the acquisition.
Note 13 — Subsequent Events
       On March 16, 2006, the Board increased the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that are reserved and available for issuance under the Company’s 1999 Stock Plan by 596 shares.
       In January 2006, the Company signed a non-cancellable service agreement with a third-party data center for colocation services. The agreement has $4,300 of non-cancelable scheduled rentals over a three-year period ending in 2009.
       In June, 2006, based on a reassessment of the value of its common stock during 2005, the Company offered to the employees who were granted options from January 2005 to October 2005 the ability to amend the terms of their options to increase the exercise prices in order to help them avoid potential adverse personal income tax consequences. Employees who were given the ability to amend the terms of their options have until June 29, 2006 to make the election.
       On June 20, 2006, the Board approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,358 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the plan, which will become effective upon the completion of the Company’s planned initial public offering.
       From April 1, 2006 through June 20, 2006, the Company granted 1,620 options to purchase       shares of common stock to new and existing employees at a weighted average exercise price of $10.49 per share.
       The Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended effective June 20, 2006 to reduce the price at which shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock convert into common stock upon completion of an underwritten public offering from $20 to $12 per share.
       On June 20, 2006, the Board approved the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

F-32


Table of Contents

(Shutterfly is a Premium Lifestyle Brand)

 


Table of Contents

(Our Customer Experience)

 


Table of Contents

(Create - Preserve)

 


 

 
 
      No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    8  
    27  
    28  
    28  
    29  
    31  
    33  
    36  
    52  
    66  
    79  
    81  
    83  
    87  
    89  
    93  
    93  
    93  
    F-1  
 EXHIBIT 3.01
 EXHIBIT 3.02
 EXHIBIT 3.03
 EXHIBIT 3.04
 EXHIBIT 3.05
 EXHIBIT 4.02
 EXHIBIT 10.01
 EXHIBIT 10.02
 EXHIBIT 10.08
 Exhibit 10.09
 EXHIBIT 10.10
 EXHIBIT 10.11
 EXHIBIT 10.12
 Exhibit 10.13
 Exhibit 10.14
 EXHIBIT 21.01
 EXHIBIT 23.02
 
      Through and including                     , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 
 
 
Shares
Shutterfly, Inc.
Common Stock
 
(SHUTTERFLY LOGO)
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
JPMorgan
Piper Jaffray
Jefferies & Company
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
       The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by Shutterfly in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 9,844  
NASD filing fee
    9,700  
Nasdaq National Market listing fee
    100,000  
Printing and engraving
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
       
Total
  $ *  
       
 
To be filed by amendment.
ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
       Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933.
       As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders,
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
 
  •  under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases), or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
       As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws provide that:
  •  the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions,
 
  •  the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law,
 
  •  the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions, and
 
  •  the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

II-1


Table of Contents

       Prior to the completion of the offering, the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and officers to provide such directors and officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the Underwriting Agreement, which provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provision in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
       The Registrant has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for securities matters.
       Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
         
Exhibit Document   Number
     
Form of Underwriting Agreement
    1.01  
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
    3.03  
Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
    3.05  
Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated November 11, 2005
    4.02  
Form of Indemnity Agreement
    10.01  
ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
       Since March 31, 2003, we have issued and sold the following securities:
         1. On July 31, 2003, we issued 717,545 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock to Monaco Partners, L.P. upon Monaco’s exercise of its right to convert approximately $439,000 in debt from us, which debt was incurred as a result of Monaco’s payment of certain amounts originally owed by us to Silicon Valley Bank, as further described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
         2. On December 30, 2004, Monaco Partners, L.P. exercised warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of our Series D preferred stock and 137,500 shares of our Series E preferred stock. These warrants were issued in connection with a loan made by Monaco to the Company in February 2003. The Company paid the balance due on this loan in full in December 2004.
 
         3. From March 31, 2003 through May 31, 2006, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 5,164,382 shares of our common stock under our 1999 Stock Plan.
 
         4. On November 11, 2005, we issued 1,353,730 shares of our Series F preferred stock to Sutter Hill Ventures at a price of $14.774 per share.
 
         5. On June 1, 2005, we issued 229,994 shares of our common stock to the shareholders of Memory Matrix, Inc., in connection with our acquisition of Memory Matrix.
 
         6. From March 31, 2003 through May 31, 2006, we issued 2,307,665 shares of our common stock to our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers upon exercise of options granted by us, with exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $5.50 per share.
       Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated under Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701

II-2


Table of Contents

promulgated under Section 3(b) and Section 28 of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about Registrant.
ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
       (a) Exhibits.
EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Title
     
  1 .01*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .02   Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .03   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately following the completion of this offering.
  3 .04   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3 .05   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately following completion of this offering.
  4 .01*   Form of Registrant’s common stock certificate.
  4 .02   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2005, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant.
  5 .01*   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
  10 .01   Form of Indemnity Agreement.
  10 .02   1999 Stock Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .03*   2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, restricted stock unit agreement, stock appreciation right agreement, stock bonus agreement, stock option exercise agreement and stock appreciation right exercise agreement.
  10 .04*   Lease Agreement, as amended, dated July 5, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Westport Joint Venture, as amended to date.
  10 .05*   Agreement of Lease, dated as of August 1, 2005, by and between the Registrant and DCT-CA 2004 RN Portfolio L, LP, as amended to date.
  10 .06*   Lease, dated as of March 7, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 3168 Corporate Place Associates, LLC, as amended to date.
  10 .07*   Lease, dated as of April 6, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 3168 Corporate Place Associates, LLC, as amended to date.
  10 .08   Offer letter dated January 5, 2005 for Jeffrey T. Housenbold.
  10 .09   Offer letter dated June 23, 2004 for Stephen E. Recht.
  10 .10   Offer letter dated July 22, 2001 for Jeannine M. Smith Thomas.
  10 .11   Offer letter dated July 12, 2001 for Andrew F. Young.
  10 .12   Offer letter dated March 25, 2005 for Douglas J. Galen.
  10 .13   Offer letter dated April 3, 2006 for Stanford S. Au.
  10 .14†   Supply agreement, dated as of September 15, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Fuji Photo Film U.S.A., Inc.
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .01*   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Title
     
  23 .02   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24 .01   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-6).
 
To be filed by amendment.
†  Confidential treatment requested for portions of this agreement.
       (b) Financial Statement Schedules.
       Below is Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or related notes.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on
Financial Statement Schedule
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Shutterfly, Inc.:
       Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated June 27, 2006 appearing in the registration statement on Form S-1 of Shutterfly, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Schedule II of this registration statement on Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
June 27, 2006
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                           
        Additions        
    Balance at           Balance at
    beginning   Charged to costs   Charged to       end of
    of period   and expenses   other accounts   Deductions   period
                     
Deferred tax valuation allowance
                                       
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 27,438     $ 620  (1)   $     $     $ 28,058  
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
    28,058                   (3,050 ) (2)     25,008  
 
Year ended December 31, 2005
    25,008             (230 )(3)     (24,778 ) (4)      
 
(1)  Increase in the valuation allowance is due to an increase in deferred tax assets
 
(2)  Decrease in the valuation allowance is due to a decrease in deferred tax assets
 
(3)  Reflects amounts related to items with no income statement effect
 
(4)  Decrease in the valuation allowance is due to the reversal of the valuation allowance in the fourth quarter of 2005.

II-4


Table of Contents

ITEM 17. Undertakings.
       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
       Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
         (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
         (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redwood City, State of California, on June 28, 2006.
  SHUTTERFLY, INC.
  By:  /s/ Stephen E. Recht
 
 
  Stephen E. Recht
  Chief Financial Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
       KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey T. Housenbold and Stephen E. Recht, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.
       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
             
Name   Title   Date
         
Principal Executive Officer:        
 
/s/ Jeffrey T. Housenbold
 
Jeffrey T. Housenbold
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   June 28, 2006
 
Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer:
       
 
/s/ Stephen E. Recht
 
Stephen E. Recht
  Chief Financial Officer   June 28, 2006

II-6


Table of Contents

             
Name   Title   Date
         
 
Additional Directors:        
 
/s/ James H. Clark
 
James H. Clark
  Chairman of the Board   June 28, 2006
 
/s/ Nancy J. Schoendorf
 
Nancy J. Schoendorf
  Director   June 28, 2006
 
/s/ James N. White
 
James N. White
  Director   June 28, 2006
 
/s/ Eric J. Keller
 
Eric J. Keller
  Director   June 28, 2006
 
/s/ Patricia A. House
 
Patricia A. House
  Director   June 28, 2006

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Title
     
  1 .01*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .02   Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .03   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately following the completion of this offering.
  3 .04   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3 .05   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately following completion of this offering.
  4 .01*   Form of Registrant’s common stock certificate.
  4 .02   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2005, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant.
  5 .01*   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
  10 .01   Form of Indemnity Agreement.
  10 .02   1999 Stock Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .03*   2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, restricted stock unit agreement, stock appreciation right agreement, stock bonus agreement, stock option exercise agreement and stock appreciation right exercise agreement.
  10 .04*   Lease Agreement, as amended, dated July 5, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Westport Joint Venture, as amended to date.
  10 .05*   Agreement of Lease, dated as of August 1, 2005, by and between the Registrant and DCT-CA 2004 RN Portfolio L, LP, as amended to date.
  10 .06*   Lease, dated as of March 7, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 3168 Corporate Place Associates, LLC, as amended to date.
  10 .07*   Lease, dated as of April 6, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 3168 Corporate Place Associates, LLC, as amended to date.
  10 .08   Offer letter dated January 5, 2005 for Jeffrey T. Housenbold.
  10 .09   Offer letter dated June 23, 2004 for Stephen E. Recht.
  10 .10   Offer letter dated July 22, 2001 for Jeannine M. Smith Thomas.
  10 .11   Offer letter dated July 12, 2001 for Andrew F. Young.
  10 .12   Offer letter dated March 25, 2005 for Douglas J. Galen.
  10 .13   Offer letter dated April 3, 2006 for Stanford S. Au.
  10 .14†   Supply agreement, dated as of September 15, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Fuji Photo Film U.S.A., Inc.
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .01*   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).
  23 .02   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24 .01   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-6).
 
To be filed by amendment.
†  Confidential treatment requested for portions of this agreement.